| blob | dababdb4fa6f80a90b6055672f85309b410de93b |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1537 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1542 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1548 ;;;***
1549 \f
1550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1554 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1555 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1561 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1567 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1568 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1569 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1571 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1573 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1575 For example:
1577 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1587 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1588 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1589 for a description of this minor mode.
1590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1603 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1604 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1618 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1627 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1630 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1631 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1636 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1637 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1638 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1643 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1644 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1645 for a description of this minor mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1653 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1658 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1659 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1665 ;;;***
1666 \f
1667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1668 ;;;;;; 0))
1669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1678 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1679 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1681 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1682 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1683 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1684 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1685 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1687 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1692 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1693 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1694 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1695 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1697 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1698 directory or directories specified.
1700 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1701 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1702 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1703 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1704 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1705 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1710 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1711 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1712 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1713 should be non-nil).
1717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1719 ;;;***
1720 \f
1721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1725 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1731 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1732 disk changes.
1734 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1735 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1737 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1738 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1739 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1744 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1746 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1752 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1754 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1755 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1757 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1758 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1759 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1760 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1761 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1763 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1764 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1765 writing before you save the file!
1767 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1768 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1770 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1775 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1777 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1783 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1784 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1785 for a description of this minor mode.
1786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1793 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1795 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1796 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1798 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1799 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1800 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1802 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1803 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1804 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1805 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1806 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1808 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1809 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1811 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1812 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1813 specifies in the mode line.
1817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1819 ;;;***
1820 \f
1821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1822 ;;;;;; 0))
1823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1827 ;;;***
1828 \f
1829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1830 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1833 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1834 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1841 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1842 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1843 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1845 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1846 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1847 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1849 Effects of the different modes:
1850 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1851 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1852 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1853 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1854 a random distance & direction.
1855 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1856 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1857 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1860 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1867 ;;;***
1868 \f
1869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1875 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1877 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1878 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1879 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1887 ;;;***
1888 \f
1889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1890 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1894 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1895 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1896 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1901 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1902 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1903 for a description of this minor mode.
1904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1911 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1916 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1917 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1918 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1919 seconds.
1923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1925 ;;;***
1926 \f
1927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1932 Time execution of FORMS.
1933 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1934 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1935 FORMS once.
1936 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1937 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1938 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1945 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1946 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1947 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1948 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1955 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1956 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1957 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1958 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1964 ;;;***
1965 \f
1966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1977 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1978 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1979 of corresponding buffers.
1980 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1981 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1982 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1983 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1984 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1986 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1987 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1988 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1993 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1995 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1997 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1999 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2002 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2003 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2004 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2005 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2009 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2012 Special information:
2016 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2017 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2018 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2023 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2029 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2030 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2031 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2032 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2033 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2034 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2035 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2037 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2039 ----------------------------------------------------------
2040 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2041 if that value is non-nil.
2048 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2049 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2050 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2051 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2052 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2053 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2054 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2055 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2056 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2057 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2058 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2064 ;;;***
2065 \f
2066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2067 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2071 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2077 ;;;***
2078 \f
2079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2084 ;;;***
2085 \f
2086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2087 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2089 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2093 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2094 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2099 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2104 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2110 ;;;***
2111 \f
2112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2116 Play blackbox.
2117 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2119 What is blackbox?
2121 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2122 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2123 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2124 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2125 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2126 your score.
2128 Overview of play:
2131 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2132 four.
2134 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2135 movement keys.
2137 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2138 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2140 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2143 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2145 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2146 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2147 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2148 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2150 Details:
2152 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2154 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2155 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2156 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2157 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2159 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2160 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2161 denoted by the letter `R'.
2163 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2164 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2165 denoted by the letter `H'.
2167 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2168 example.
2170 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2171 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2172 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2173 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2175 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2176 ray.
2178 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2179 degree deflection it causes.
2181 1
2182 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2183 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2184 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2185 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2186 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2187 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2188 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2189 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2190 2 3
2192 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2193 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2197 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2200 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2202 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2205 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2206 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2207 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2208 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2209 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2210 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2211 emerging from the box.
2213 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2215 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2217 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2218 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2219 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2220 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2221 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2222 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2224 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2225 a reflection.
2229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2231 ;;;***
2232 \f
2233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2234 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2240 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2241 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2242 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2243 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2244 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2249 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2250 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2252 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2253 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2254 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2255 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2256 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2257 recent one.
2259 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2260 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2261 yank successive words.
2263 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2264 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2265 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2266 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2267 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2270 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2271 the list of bookmarks.)
2276 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2277 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2279 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2280 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2281 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2282 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2283 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2284 ever deletes the most recent one.
2286 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2287 is nil, raise an error.
2289 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2290 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2291 yank successive words.
2293 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2294 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2295 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2296 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2297 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2300 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2301 the list of bookmarks.)
2306 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2307 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2308 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2309 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2310 this.
2312 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2313 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2314 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2315 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2317 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2318 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2320 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2321 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2322 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2327 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2332 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2334 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2335 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2336 after a bookmark was set in it.
2341 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2343 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2344 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2351 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2352 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2353 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2355 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2356 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2357 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2359 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2360 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2361 name.
2366 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2367 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2369 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2370 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2371 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2372 this.
2377 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2379 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2380 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2382 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2383 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2384 probably because we were called from there.
2389 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2396 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2397 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2398 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2399 \(second argument).
2401 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2402 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2403 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2404 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2405 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2407 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2409 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2410 `bookmark-default-file'.
2415 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2416 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2417 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2418 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2419 while loading.
2421 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2422 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2423 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2424 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2425 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2426 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2428 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2429 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2435 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2436 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2437 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2438 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2447 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2451 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2453 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2457 ;;;***
2458 \f
2459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2462 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2463 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2464 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2465 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2467 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2468 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2469 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2470 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2473 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2475 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2476 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2477 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2478 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2479 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2480 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2482 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2486 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2487 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2488 narrowed.
2490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2493 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2495 \(fn)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2500 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2502 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2505 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2506 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2507 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2508 first, if that exists.
2510 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2511 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2512 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2513 ignore it).
2514 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2515 as ARGS.
2517 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2521 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2522 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2523 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2529 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2530 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2531 says which browser to use.
2533 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2537 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2538 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2540 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2545 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2549 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2550 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2553 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2554 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2565 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2566 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2568 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2569 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2570 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2571 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2573 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2574 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2575 new tab in an existing window instead.
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2583 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2584 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2585 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2587 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2588 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2589 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2592 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2593 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2595 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2596 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2601 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2602 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2603 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2604 Chromium.
2605 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2607 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2610 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2611 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2612 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2614 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2615 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2616 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2617 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2619 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2620 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2621 new tab in an existing window instead.
2623 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2624 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2628 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2630 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2631 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2633 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2637 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2638 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2640 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2641 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2642 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2643 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2646 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2648 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2650 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2652 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2653 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2655 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2656 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2657 program is invoked according to the variable
2658 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2660 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2661 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2662 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2663 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2666 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2668 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2670 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2672 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2673 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2674 Default to the URL around or before point.
2676 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2677 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2678 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2680 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2681 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2682 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2683 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2685 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2686 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2688 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2690 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2692 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2693 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2694 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2695 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2697 When called interactively, if variable
2698 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2699 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2700 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2701 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2703 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2704 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2705 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2707 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2708 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2710 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2712 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2713 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2714 Default to the URL around or before point.
2716 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2717 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2718 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2720 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2721 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2723 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2725 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2726 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2727 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2728 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2730 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2732 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2734 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2735 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2736 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2737 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2738 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2739 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2740 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2742 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2744 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2745 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2746 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2747 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2748 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2750 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2751 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2752 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2753 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2755 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2756 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2758 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2760 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2761 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2762 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2763 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2764 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2765 current one.
2767 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2768 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2769 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2770 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2772 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2773 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2775 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2778 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2779 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2780 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2781 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2782 don't offer a form of remote control.
2784 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2787 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2788 Default to the URL around or before point.
2789 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2791 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2794 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2795 Default to the URL around the point.
2797 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2798 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2800 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2801 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2803 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2807 ;;;***
2808 \f
2809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2810 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2811 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2813 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2814 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2815 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2816 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2818 \(fn)" t nil)
2820 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2821 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2822 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2823 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2825 \(fn)" t nil)
2827 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2828 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2830 \(fn)" t nil)
2832 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2833 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2835 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2836 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2837 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2842 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2843 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2844 name of buffer configuration.
2846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2855 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2856 Play Bubbles game.
2858 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2860 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2861 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2862 columns on its right towards the left.
2869 \(fn)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2876 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2879 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2881 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2882 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2884 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2885 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2890 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2896 ;;;***
2897 \f
2898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2899 ;;;;;; 0))
2900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2904 ;;;***
2905 \f
2906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2907 ;;;;;; 0))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2909 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2910 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2911 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2913 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2915 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2916 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2917 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2918 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2919 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2920 else the global value will be modified.
2922 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2924 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2925 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2926 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2927 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2928 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2929 else the global value will be modified.
2931 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2933 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2934 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2935 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2937 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2940 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2941 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2942 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2944 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2945 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2946 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2947 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2948 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2949 before scanning it.
2951 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2952 that already has a `.elc' file.
2954 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2955 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2957 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2958 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2959 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2960 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2961 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2962 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2964 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2966 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2967 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2968 Print the result in the echo area.
2969 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2974 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2975 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2977 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2980 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2981 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2982 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2983 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2984 all functions called by those functions.
2986 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2987 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2988 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2990 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2991 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2992 invoked interactively.
2994 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2996 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2997 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2998 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2999 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3001 \(fn)" nil nil)
3003 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3004 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3005 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3006 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3007 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3009 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3010 already up-to-date.
3012 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3014 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3015 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3016 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3017 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3019 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3020 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3021 and corresponding effects.
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3030 ;;;;;; 0))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3038 ;;;;;; 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3041 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3048 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3058 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3060 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3062 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3069 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3070 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3074 ;;;***
3075 \f
3076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3077 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3080 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3081 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3082 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3083 from the cursor position.
3085 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3089 ;;;***
3090 \f
3091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3114 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3119 ;;;***
3120 \f
3121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3122 ;;;;;; 0))
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3127 ;;;***
3128 \f
3129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3134 ;;;***
3135 \f
3136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3137 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3141 ;;;***
3142 \f
3143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3144 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3149 ;;;***
3150 \f
3151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3156 ;;;***
3157 \f
3158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3163 ;;;***
3164 \f
3165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3166 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3167 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3169 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3174 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3177 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3180 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3182 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3184 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3185 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3186 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3187 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3189 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3191 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3192 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3193 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3194 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3196 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3198 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3200 This is most useful in the X window system.
3202 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3204 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3206 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3208 See calc-keypad for details.
3210 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3212 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3213 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3215 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3217 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3218 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3220 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3222 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3223 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3225 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3227 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3228 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3231 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3233 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3234 Define Calc function.
3236 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3237 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3238 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3240 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3241 actual Lisp function name.
3243 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3245 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3247 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3251 ;;;***
3252 \f
3253 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3254 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3255 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3259 ;;;***
3260 \f
3261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3262 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3266 ;;;***
3267 \f
3268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3269 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3273 ;;;***
3274 \f
3275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3280 ;;;***
3281 \f
3282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3283 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3287 ;;;***
3288 \f
3289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3294 ;;;***
3295 \f
3296 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3297 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3298 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3302 ;;;***
3303 \f
3304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3309 ;;;***
3310 \f
3311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3312 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3316 ;;;***
3317 \f
3318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3319 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3323 ;;;***
3324 \f
3325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3330 ;;;***
3331 \f
3332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3337 ;;;***
3338 \f
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3351 ;;;***
3352 \f
3353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3372 ;;;***
3373 \f
3374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3379 ;;;***
3380 \f
3381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3386 ;;;***
3387 \f
3388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3389 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3393 ;;;***
3394 \f
3395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3400 ;;;***
3401 \f
3402 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3403 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3408 ;;;***
3409 \f
3410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3422 ;;;***
3423 \f
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3436 ;;;***
3437 \f
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3443 ;;;***
3444 \f
3445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3450 ;;;***
3451 \f
3452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3457 ;;;***
3458 \f
3459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3464 ;;;***
3465 \f
3466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3471 ;;;***
3472 \f
3473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3478 ;;;***
3479 \f
3480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3485 ;;;***
3486 \f
3487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3488 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3492 ;;;***
3493 \f
3494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3495 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3497 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3500 \(fn N)" t nil)
3502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3504 ;;;***
3505 \f
3506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3511 ;;;***
3512 \f
3513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3514 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3521 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3526 ;;;***
3527 \f
3528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3533 ;;;***
3534 \f
3535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3540 ;;;***
3541 \f
3542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3543 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3547 ;;;***
3548 \f
3549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3550 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3554 ;;;***
3555 \f
3556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3557 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3559 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3560 Run the Emacs calculator.
3561 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3563 \(fn)" t nil)
3565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3567 ;;;***
3568 \f
3569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3572 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3573 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3574 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3575 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3576 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3577 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3579 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3580 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3581 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3582 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3583 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3584 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3585 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3587 window.
3589 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3590 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3592 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3593 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3594 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3595 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3596 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3597 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3599 Runs the following hooks:
3601 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3602 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3603 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3605 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3611 ;;;***
3612 \f
3613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3616 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3617 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3619 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3621 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3622 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3623 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3624 it fails.
3626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3647 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3652 ;;;***
3653 \f
3654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3659 ;;;***
3660 \f
3661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3666 ;;;***
3667 \f
3668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3669 ;;;;;; 0))
3670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3672 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3673 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3675 \(fn)" nil nil)
3677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3679 ;;;***
3680 \f
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3686 ;;;***
3687 \f
3688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3691 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3692 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3694 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3695 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3697 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3698 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3700 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3702 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3703 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3704 made from scratch.
3706 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3708 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3709 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3711 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3712 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3713 made from scratch.
3715 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3717 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3718 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3720 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3722 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3723 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3724 made from scratch.
3726 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3729 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3731 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3732 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3733 made from scratch.
3735 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3738 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3740 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3744 made from scratch.
3746 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3749 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3751 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3752 variables are guessed:
3754 * `c-basic-offset', and
3755 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3756 `c-offsets-alist'.
3758 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3759 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3761 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3762 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3764 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3765 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3766 guess is made from scratch.
3768 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3769 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3771 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3773 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3774 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3775 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3776 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3778 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3779 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3780 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3782 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3786 ;;;***
3787 \f
3788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3793 ;;;***
3794 \f
3795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3800 ;;;***
3801 \f
3802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3805 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3806 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3807 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3808 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3809 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3810 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3813 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3824 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3825 Major mode for editing C code.
3828 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3829 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3830 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3834 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3835 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3837 Key bindings:
3840 \(fn)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3845 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3846 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3847 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3848 should be used.
3850 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3851 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3852 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3854 \(fn)" nil nil)
3856 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3857 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3859 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3860 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3861 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3862 message.
3866 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3867 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3869 Key bindings:
3872 \(fn)" t nil)
3875 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3876 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3878 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3879 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3880 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3881 message.
3885 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3886 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3888 Key bindings:
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3895 Major mode for editing Java code.
3897 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3898 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3899 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3900 message.
3904 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3905 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3907 Key bindings:
3910 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3914 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3916 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3917 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3918 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3919 message.
3923 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3924 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3926 Key bindings:
3929 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3933 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3934 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3936 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3937 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3938 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3939 message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3952 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3953 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3954 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3956 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3957 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3959 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3960 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3961 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3965 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3966 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3968 Key bindings:
3971 \(fn)" t nil)
3973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3975 ;;;***
3976 \f
3977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3978 ;;;;;; 0))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3981 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3982 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3983 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3984 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3986 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3989 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3990 might get set too.
3992 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3993 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3994 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3995 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3996 in this way.
3998 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3999 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4000 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4001 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4002 a null operation.
4004 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4006 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4007 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4008 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4009 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4011 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4013 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4014 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4015 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4017 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4019 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4020 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4021 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4022 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4023 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4025 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4029 ;;;***
4030 \f
4031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4033 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4034 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4035 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4039 ;;;***
4040 \f
4041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4044 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4045 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4047 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4049 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4050 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4052 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4054 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4055 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4057 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4058 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4059 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4060 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4061 execution.
4063 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4065 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4067 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4068 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4070 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4071 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4072 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4073 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4075 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4076 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4077 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4078 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4079 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4080 `write' commands.
4082 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4083 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4084 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4085 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4087 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4088 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4089 semantics.
4091 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4093 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4095 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4097 STATEMENT :=
4098 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4099 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4101 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4102 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4103 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4104 | integer
4106 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4108 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4109 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4110 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4112 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4113 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4114 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4116 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4118 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4119 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4120 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4121 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4122 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4123 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4124 ;; last STATEMENT.
4125 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4127 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4128 BREAK := (break)
4130 REPEAT :=
4131 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4132 (repeat)
4133 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4134 ;; (repeat))
4135 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4136 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4137 ;; (read REG)
4138 ;; (repeat))
4139 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4140 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4141 ;; (read REG)
4142 ;; (repeat))
4143 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4145 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4146 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4147 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4148 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4149 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4150 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4151 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4152 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4153 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4154 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4155 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4156 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4157 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4158 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4159 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4160 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4162 WRITE :=
4163 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4164 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4165 ;; representation.
4166 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4167 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4168 ;; (write r7))
4169 | (write EXPRESSION)
4170 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4171 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4172 ;; representation.
4173 | (write integer)
4174 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4175 ;; buffer.
4176 | (write string)
4177 ;; Same as: (write string)
4178 | string
4179 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4180 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4181 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4182 ;; representation.
4183 | (write REG ARRAY)
4184 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4185 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4186 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4187 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4188 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4189 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4191 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4192 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4194 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4195 END := (end)
4197 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4198 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4199 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4201 ARG := REG | integer
4203 OPERATOR :=
4204 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4205 + | - | * | / | %
4207 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4208 | & | `|' | ^
4210 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4211 | << | >>
4213 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4214 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4215 | <8
4217 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4218 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4219 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4220 | >8
4222 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4223 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4224 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4225 | //
4227 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4228 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4230 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4231 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4232 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4233 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4234 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4235 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4236 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4237 | de-sjis
4239 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4240 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4241 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4242 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4243 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4244 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4245 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4246 ;; byte of SJIS.
4247 | en-sjis
4249 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4250 ;; Same meaning as C code
4251 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4253 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4254 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4255 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4256 | <8=
4258 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4259 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4260 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4262 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4263 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4264 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4265 | //=
4267 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4270 TRANSLATE :=
4271 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4272 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4273 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4274 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4275 ;; respectively.
4276 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4277 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4278 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4279 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4281 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4282 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4283 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4285 LOOKUP :=
4286 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4287 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4288 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4289 ;; respectively.
4290 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4291 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4292 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4294 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4295 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4296 ;; REG.
4297 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4298 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4299 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4301 MAP :=
4302 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4303 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4304 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4305 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4307 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4308 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4309 MAP-ID := integer
4311 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4313 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4315 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4316 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4317 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4318 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4319 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4320 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4322 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4324 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4325 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4326 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4328 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4330 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4334 ;;;***
4335 \f
4336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4339 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4340 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4341 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4342 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4344 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4346 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4348 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4349 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4351 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4355 ;;;***
4356 \f
4357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4358 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4362 ;;;***
4363 \f
4364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4366 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4370 ;;;***
4371 \f
4372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4373 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4378 ;;;***
4379 \f
4380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4381 ;;;;;; 0))
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4386 ;;;***
4387 \f
4388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4389 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4394 ;;;***
4395 \f
4396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4397 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4402 ;;;***
4403 \f
4404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4406 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4408 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4409 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4410 There are no special keybindings by default.
4413 to the action header.
4415 \(fn)" t nil)
4417 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4418 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4419 There are no special keybindings by default.
4422 to the action header.
4424 \(fn)" t nil)
4426 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4427 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4429 \(fn)" t nil)
4431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4433 ;;;***
4434 \f
4435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4438 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4439 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4440 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4441 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4442 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4444 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4445 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4447 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4448 from which to start.
4450 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4454 ;;;***
4455 \f
4456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4458 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4462 ;;;***
4463 \f
4464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4465 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4468 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4469 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4470 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4472 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4474 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4475 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4476 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4478 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4482 ;;;***
4483 \f
4484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4485 ;;;;;; 0))
4486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4487 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4488 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4489 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4490 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4491 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4492 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4493 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4494 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4495 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4497 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4498 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4500 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4501 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4502 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4504 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4505 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4506 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4507 the users will view as each check is completed.
4509 \(fn)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4512 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4513 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4514 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4515 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4516 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4517 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4518 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4520 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4522 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4523 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4524 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4525 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4526 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4527 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4528 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4529 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4531 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4533 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4534 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4535 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4536 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4537 spacing are all verified.
4539 \(fn)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4542 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4543 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4544 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4545 otherwise stop after the first error.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4550 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4552 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4554 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4555 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4556 Only documentation strings are checked.
4557 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4558 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4559 a separate buffer.
4561 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4563 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4564 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4565 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4566 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4567 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4571 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4572 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4573 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4574 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4575 if there is one.
4577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4579 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4580 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4581 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4582 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4583 if there is one.
4584 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4588 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4589 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4590 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4592 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4594 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4595 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4596 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4597 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4598 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4602 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4603 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4604 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4605 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4606 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4607 space at the end of each line.
4609 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4611 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4612 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4613 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4614 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4618 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4619 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4620 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4621 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4625 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4626 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4627 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4628 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4632 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4633 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4634 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4635 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4640 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4641 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4642 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4644 \(fn)" t nil)
4646 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4647 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4648 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4649 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4654 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4655 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4656 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4660 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4661 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4662 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4663 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4665 \(fn)" t nil)
4667 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4668 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4669 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4670 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4672 \(fn)" t nil)
4674 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4675 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4680 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4681 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4682 checking of documentation strings.
4686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4688 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4689 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4695 ;;;***
4696 \f
4697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4698 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4699 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4701 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4702 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4703 Return the length of resulting text.
4705 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4707 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4708 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4713 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4714 Return the length of resulting text.
4716 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4718 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4719 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4721 \(fn)" t nil)
4723 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4726 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4731 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4735 ;;;***
4736 \f
4737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4740 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4741 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4742 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4743 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4744 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4745 editing and the result is evaluated.
4747 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4749 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4750 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4751 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4752 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4753 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4755 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4757 \(fn)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4760 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4761 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4762 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4763 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4765 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4766 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4769 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4770 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4772 \(fn)" t nil)
4774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4776 ;;;***
4777 \f
4778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "defsetf" "define-" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4783 ;;;***
4784 \f
4785 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4786 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4791 ;;;***
4792 \f
4793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4794 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4796 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4798 ;;;***
4799 \f
4800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4801 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4804 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4805 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4806 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4807 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4808 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4809 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4810 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4811 of this function.
4813 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4814 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4815 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4816 property are:
4818 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4819 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4821 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4822 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4823 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4824 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4825 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4826 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4827 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4828 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4829 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4830 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4831 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4832 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4834 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4835 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4836 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4838 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4839 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4840 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4841 list elements are:
4843 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4845 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4847 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4849 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4850 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4852 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4853 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4855 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4856 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4857 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4858 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4859 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4860 value specified by their associated list element.
4862 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4864 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4865 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4866 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4868 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4869 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4870 * indent the first argument by 4.
4871 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4872 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4873 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4875 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4876 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4877 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4878 instead.
4880 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4884 ;;;***
4885 \f
4886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4888 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4890 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4892 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4893 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4894 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4895 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4896 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4897 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4899 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4900 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4902 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4903 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4904 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4905 for a description of this minor mode.
4906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4908 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4910 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4912 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4913 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4914 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4915 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4916 of record objects.
4918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4922 ;;;***
4923 \f
4924 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4925 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4930 ;;;***
4931 \f
4932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4933 ;;;;;; 0))
4934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4935 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4937 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4938 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4939 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4940 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4941 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4943 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4945 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4948 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4950 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4953 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4960 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4965 ;;;***
4966 \f
4967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4970 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4971 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4972 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4973 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4975 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4976 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4977 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4978 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4980 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4981 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4983 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4987 ;;;***
4988 \f
4989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4992 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4993 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4994 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4995 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4996 of `scheme-program-name').
4997 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4998 it is given as initial input.
4999 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5000 discards input when it starts up.
5001 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5002 is run).
5005 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
5009 ;;;***
5010 \f
5011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5014 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5015 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5019 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5020 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5022 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5023 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5024 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5026 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5030 ;;;***
5031 \f
5032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5035 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5036 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5037 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5038 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5039 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5040 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5041 functions have already modified the buffer.
5043 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5045 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5046 either globally or locally.")
5048 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5049 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5050 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5051 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5053 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5054 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5055 `start-file-process'
5056 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5057 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5058 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5060 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5061 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5063 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5065 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5067 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5069 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5070 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5071 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5072 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5073 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5074 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5075 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5076 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5077 process as its initial input.
5079 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5081 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5083 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5085 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5086 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5087 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5088 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5089 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5090 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5092 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5094 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5096 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5097 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5098 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5099 directory tracking functions.")
5101 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5102 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5103 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5105 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5107 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5109 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5110 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5111 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5113 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5115 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5117 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5118 Send COMMAND to current process.
5119 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5120 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5122 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5124 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5125 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5126 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5127 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5129 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5133 ;;;***
5134 \f
5135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5136 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5138 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5139 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5140 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5141 to get another window.
5143 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5144 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5146 This command pushes the mark in each window
5147 at the prior location of point in that window.
5148 If both windows display the same buffer,
5149 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5150 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5152 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5153 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5154 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5155 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5156 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5157 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5158 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5159 ignored.
5161 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5162 this command work in interlaced mode:
5163 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5164 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5165 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5167 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5171 ;;;***
5172 \f
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5174 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5178 ;;;***
5179 \f
5180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5183 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5184 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5188 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5189 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5190 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5192 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5194 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5195 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5196 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5198 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5200 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5201 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5202 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5203 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5204 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5206 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5207 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5208 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5209 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5212 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5213 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5214 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5215 describing how the process finished.")
5217 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5218 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5219 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5220 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5221 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5223 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5225 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5227 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5229 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5230 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5231 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5232 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5234 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5236 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5237 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5239 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5240 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5243 (lambda ()
5248 (if buffer-file-name
5249 (shell-quote-argument
5250 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5252 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5254 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5255 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5257 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5258 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5259 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5260 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5262 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5264 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5265 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5266 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5267 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5270 and move to the source code that caused it.
5272 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5273 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5275 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5276 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5277 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5278 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5279 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5281 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5282 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5284 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5286 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5287 kills its subprocesses.
5289 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5290 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5291 to a function that generates a unique name.
5293 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5295 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5296 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5297 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5298 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5300 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5301 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5303 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5304 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5305 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5306 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5308 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5309 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5310 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5312 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5314 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5316 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5317 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5322 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5326 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5328 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5330 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5331 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5333 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5334 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5336 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5337 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5338 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5339 See `compilation-mode'.
5341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5343 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5344 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5346 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5347 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5349 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5350 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5351 `compilation-mode'.
5353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5356 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5357 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5359 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5363 ;;;***
5364 \f
5365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5366 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5368 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5369 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5370 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5371 for a description of this minor mode.
5372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5374 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5376 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5378 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5379 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5381 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5382 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5388 ;;;***
5389 \f
5390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5391 ;;;;;; 0))
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5394 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5395 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5396 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5397 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5398 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5399 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5400 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5402 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5403 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5404 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5406 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5407 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5408 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5410 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5411 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5412 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5413 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5415 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5416 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5417 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5418 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5419 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5420 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5421 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5425 \(fn)" t nil)
5427 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5428 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5429 Comments start with `#'.
5430 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5434 \[Desktop Entry]
5435 Encoding=UTF-8
5436 Name=The GIMP
5437 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5438 Name[cs]=GIMP
5440 \(fn)" t nil)
5442 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5443 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5444 Comments start with `;'.
5445 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5449 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5450 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5451 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5453 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5454 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5456 \(fn)" t nil)
5458 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5459 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5460 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5461 between `/*' and `*/'.
5462 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5465 // another kind of comment
5466 /* yet another */
5468 name:value
5469 name=value
5470 name value
5471 x.1 =
5472 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5473 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5475 \(fn)" t nil)
5477 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5478 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5480 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5481 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5482 `conf-space-keywords'.
5483 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5484 in an interactive fashion instead.
5486 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5490 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5491 image/png png
5492 image/tiff tiff tif
5494 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5495 class desktop
5496 # Standard multimedia devices
5497 add /dev/audio desktop
5498 add /dev/mixer desktop
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5502 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5503 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5504 See `conf-space-mode'.
5506 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5508 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5509 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5511 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5518 \(fn)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5521 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5523 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5527 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5530 \(fn)" t nil)
5532 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5533 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5535 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5539 *background: gray99
5540 *foreground: black
5542 \(fn)" t nil)
5544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5551 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5552 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5553 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5554 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5555 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5556 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5558 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5560 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5561 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5562 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5563 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5565 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5567 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5568 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5569 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5570 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5572 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5576 ;;;***
5577 \f
5578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5579 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5581 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5582 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5583 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5585 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5586 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5587 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5588 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5589 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5590 following the copyright are updated as well.
5591 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5592 interactively.
5594 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5596 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5597 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5598 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5599 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5600 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5602 \(fn)" t nil)
5604 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5605 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5607 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5609 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5610 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5611 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5613 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5617 ;;;***
5618 \f
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5620 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5622 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5623 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5624 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5625 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5626 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5627 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5628 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5630 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5631 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5632 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5633 Tab indents for Perl code.
5634 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5635 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5637 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5638 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5639 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5643 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5644 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5645 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5646 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5647 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5650 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5652 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5653 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5655 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5657 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5658 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5659 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5661 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5662 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5665 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5669 bite if angry;
5671 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5672 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5673 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5674 to nil.)
5677 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5678 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5680 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5682 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5683 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5684 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5686 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5690 if (A) { B }
5692 into
5694 B if A;
5698 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5699 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5700 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5701 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5702 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5703 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5704 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5705 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5706 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5707 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5708 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5709 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5712 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5714 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5715 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5716 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5717 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5719 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5721 man via menu.
5723 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5724 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5725 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5726 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5730 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5731 span the needed amount of lines.
5733 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5734 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5735 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5736 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5738 Variables controlling indentation style:
5739 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5740 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5741 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5742 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5743 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5744 `cperl-auto-newline'
5745 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5746 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5748 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5749 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5750 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5751 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5752 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5753 `cperl-indent-level'
5754 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5755 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5756 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5757 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5758 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5759 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5760 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5761 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5762 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5763 `cperl-brace-offset'
5764 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5765 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5766 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5767 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5768 `cperl-label-offset'
5769 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5770 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5771 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5773 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5774 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5775 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5776 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5777 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5778 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5780 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5783 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5785 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5786 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5787 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5788 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5790 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5791 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5793 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5794 column 0 is indented on
5795 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5797 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5798 with no args.
5800 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5801 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5802 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5806 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5807 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5809 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5812 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5814 \(fn)" t nil)
5816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5818 ;;;***
5819 \f
5820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5823 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5824 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5825 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5826 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5827 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5829 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5831 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5832 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5834 \(fn)" t nil)
5836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5843 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5844 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5845 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5847 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5848 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5852 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5855 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5859 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5860 with empty strings removed.
5862 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5866 ;;;***
5867 \f
5868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5871 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5872 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5874 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5875 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5878 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5879 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5880 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5881 buffers.
5884 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5885 Network (MDN).
5889 \(fn)" t nil)
5892 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5895 \(fn)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5898 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5899 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5900 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5901 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5902 on what is seen near point.
5904 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5913 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5914 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5915 See the `cua-mode' command
5916 for a description of this minor mode.
5917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5919 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5923 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5924 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5926 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5927 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5929 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5930 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5931 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5932 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5933 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5934 normal function of these prefix keys.
5936 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5937 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5938 options:
5939 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5940 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5941 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5943 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5944 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5945 the prefix fallback behavior.
5947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5950 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5956 ;;;***
5957 \f
5958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5963 ;;;***
5964 \f
5965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5968 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5969 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5970 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5976 ;;;***
5977 \f
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5979 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5982 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5984 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5985 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5989 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5990 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5991 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5992 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5993 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5994 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5995 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6001 ;;;***
6002 \f
6003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6008 ;;;***
6009 \f
6010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6011 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6013 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6014 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6018 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6019 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6021 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6023 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6024 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6026 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6028 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6029 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6031 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6032 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6034 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6035 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6037 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6039 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6041 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6042 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6043 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6046 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6048 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6049 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6051 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6052 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6054 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6056 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6058 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6059 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6060 Return VALUE.
6062 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6063 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6065 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6066 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6068 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6069 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6071 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6073 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6075 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6076 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6077 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6078 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6080 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6081 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6082 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6084 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6086 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6087 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6089 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6090 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6092 \(fn)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6096 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6097 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6098 for the MODE to customize.
6100 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6102 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6103 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6104 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6106 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6108 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6109 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6111 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6113 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6115 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6116 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6118 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6120 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6122 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6124 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6126 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6128 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6129 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6130 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6131 as part of Emacs itself.
6133 Each elements looks like this:
6135 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6137 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6138 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6139 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6140 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6141 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6142 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6143 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6144 and `defface'.
6146 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6154 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6155 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6156 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6157 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6159 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6161 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6162 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6163 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6164 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6165 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6166 release.
6168 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6169 that were added or redefined since that version.
6171 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6173 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6174 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6175 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6176 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6178 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6180 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6181 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6183 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6185 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6186 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6187 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6189 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6190 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6192 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6195 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6197 \(fn)" t nil)
6199 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6200 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6202 \(fn)" t nil)
6204 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6205 Customize all saved options and faces.
6207 \(fn)" t nil)
6209 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6210 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6211 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6212 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6213 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6214 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6216 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6217 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6218 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6220 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6223 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6225 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6228 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6230 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6232 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6233 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6235 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6237 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6238 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6239 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6240 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6242 \(fn)" nil nil)
6244 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6245 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6246 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6247 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6248 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6249 that option.
6250 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6252 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6254 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6255 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6256 The result includes selecting that window.
6257 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6258 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6259 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6260 that option.
6261 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6263 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6265 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6266 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6268 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6270 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6271 File used for storing customization information.
6272 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6273 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6274 it should be an absolute file name.
6276 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6277 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6278 something like the following in your init file:
6281 \(load custom-file)
6283 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6284 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6286 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6287 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6288 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6289 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6290 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6292 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6293 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6294 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6295 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6296 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6297 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6299 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6300 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6301 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6303 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6305 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6306 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6308 \(fn)" nil nil)
6310 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6311 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6313 \(fn)" t nil)
6315 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6316 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6317 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6319 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6321 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6322 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6323 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6324 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6325 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6327 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6331 ;;;***
6332 \f
6333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6336 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6337 Create or edit a custom theme.
6338 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6339 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6340 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6341 from the Custom save file.
6342 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6343 named *Custom Theme*.
6345 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6348 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6350 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6353 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6355 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6357 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6358 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6359 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6360 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6362 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6366 ;;;***
6367 \f
6368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6371 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6372 Mode used for cvs status output.
6374 \(fn)" t nil)
6376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6378 ;;;***
6379 \f
6380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6382 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6384 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6385 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6387 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6389 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6390 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6391 C++ modes are included.
6393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6394 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6395 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6399 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6401 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6402 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6403 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6404 for a description of this minor mode.
6405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6407 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6409 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6411 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6412 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6413 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6414 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6415 ARG is omitted or nil.
6417 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6418 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6419 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6425 ;;;***
6426 \f
6427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6428 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6429 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6431 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6432 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6434 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6436 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6437 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6439 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6441 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6442 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6443 For readability, the table is slightly
6444 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6446 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6447 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6448 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6449 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6450 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6452 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6456 ;;;***
6457 \f
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6459 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6460 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6461 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6462 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6463 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6465 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6466 Completion on current word.
6468 and presents suggestions for completion.
6470 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6471 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6472 completions.
6475 then it searches *all* buffers.
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6482 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6483 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6484 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6485 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6486 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6487 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6488 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6489 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6491 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6492 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6494 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6495 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6496 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6498 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6499 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6507 ;;;***
6508 \f
6509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6512 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6513 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6515 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6519 ;;;***
6520 \f
6521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6524 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6525 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6526 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6527 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6528 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6530 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6534 ;;;***
6535 \f
6536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6539 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6540 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6542 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6543 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6544 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6546 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6547 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6548 Data lines are not indented.
6550 Key bindings:
6553 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6560 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6562 dcl-basic-offset
6563 Extra indentation within blocks.
6565 dcl-continuation-offset
6566 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6568 dcl-margin-offset
6569 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6571 dcl-margin-label-offset
6572 Indentation for a label.
6574 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6575 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6577 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6578 dcl-block-end-regexp
6579 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6580 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6581 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6582 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6583 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6585 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6586 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6587 Two such functions are included in the package:
6588 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6589 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6591 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6592 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6593 One such function is included in the package:
6594 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6596 dcl-tab-always-indent
6597 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6598 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6599 margin.
6601 dcl-electric-characters
6602 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6603 typed.
6605 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6606 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6607 which words trigger electric indentation.
6609 dcl-tempo-comma
6610 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6611 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6612 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6614 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6615 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6616 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6617 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6619 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6620 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6621 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6622 dcl-imenu-label-call
6623 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6625 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6626 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6627 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6628 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6631 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6633 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6634 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6635 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6636 $ i = 1
6637 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6638 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6639 $ label:
6640 $ if i.eq.1
6641 $ then
6642 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6643 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6644 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6645 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6648 $ type sys$input
6649 Data lines are not indented at all.
6650 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6651 $ endif
6652 $
6655 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6656 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6658 \(fn)" t nil)
6660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6662 ;;;***
6663 \f
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6667 (setq debugger 'debug)
6669 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6671 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6672 of the evaluator.
6674 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6675 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6676 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6678 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6680 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6681 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6683 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6685 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6686 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6687 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6688 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6689 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6690 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6693 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6695 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6697 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6699 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6700 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6701 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6703 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6705 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6706 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6708 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6710 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6711 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6712 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6714 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6715 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6716 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6717 watchpoint.
6720 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6721 another symbol also cancels it.
6723 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6725 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6727 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6729 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6730 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6731 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6733 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6735 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6739 ;;;***
6740 \f
6741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6744 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6745 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6749 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6750 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6751 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6752 Upper-case letters are commands.
6754 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6755 modify it.
6757 The most useful commands are:
6761 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6769 ;;;***
6770 \f
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6772 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6773 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6775 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6776 Customization of `columns' group.
6778 \(fn)" t nil)
6780 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6781 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6783 START and END delimits the text region.
6785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6787 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6788 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6790 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6792 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6796 ;;;***
6797 \f
6798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6799 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6801 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6803 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6804 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6805 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6806 for a description of this minor mode.
6807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6809 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6811 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6813 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6814 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6816 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6817 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6819 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6820 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6821 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6822 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6824 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6825 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6831 ;;;***
6832 \f
6833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6836 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6837 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6839 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6841 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6842 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6843 or nil if there is no parent.
6845 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6846 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6847 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6848 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6850 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6851 arguments are currently understood:
6852 :group GROUP
6853 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6854 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6855 :syntax-table TABLE
6856 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6857 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6858 :abbrev-table TABLE
6859 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6860 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6861 :after-hook FORM
6862 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6863 run. It should not be quoted.
6865 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6869 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6870 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6871 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6873 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6874 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6878 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6880 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6881 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6883 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6884 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6886 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6888 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6890 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6892 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6893 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6894 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6895 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6896 the first time the mode is used.
6898 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6902 ;;;***
6903 \f
6904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6907 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6908 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6909 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6910 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6911 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6912 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6913 otherwise.
6915 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6917 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6918 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6919 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6920 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6922 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6923 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6924 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6926 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6927 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6928 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6929 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6930 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6931 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6932 relevant to POS.
6934 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6936 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6937 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6939 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6940 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6941 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6942 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6943 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6944 minibuffer window for width limit.
6946 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6947 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6949 \(fn)" nil nil)
6951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6953 ;;;***
6954 \f
6955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6956 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6958 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6959 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6960 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6961 for a description of this minor mode.
6962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6963 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6964 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6966 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6968 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6969 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6971 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6972 is omitted or nil.
6974 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6975 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6976 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6977 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6982 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6983 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6985 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6987 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6991 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6992 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6993 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6994 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6996 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6998 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6999 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7001 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7002 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7003 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7005 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7008 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7009 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7010 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7012 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7013 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7014 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7015 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7017 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7019 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7020 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7022 Handlers are called with argument list
7024 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7026 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7028 `desktop-file-version'
7029 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7030 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7031 `desktop-buffer-point'
7032 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7033 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7034 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7036 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7037 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7039 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7040 code like
7042 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7043 ...
7047 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7049 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7051 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7053 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7054 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7055 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7056 List elements must have the form
7058 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7060 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7061 function.
7063 Handlers are called with argument list
7065 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7067 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7069 `desktop-file-version'
7070 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7071 `desktop-buffer-name'
7072 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7073 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7074 `desktop-buffer-point'
7075 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7076 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7077 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7079 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7080 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7081 created and set.
7083 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7084 code like
7086 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7087 ...
7091 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7093 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7095 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7097 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7099 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7100 Empty the Desktop.
7101 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7102 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7103 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7104 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7105 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7106 if different).
7108 \(fn)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7111 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7112 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7113 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7114 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7115 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7116 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7117 do not rewrite the file.
7119 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7120 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7121 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7122 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7123 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7124 file.
7126 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7127 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7128 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7129 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7130 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7131 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7132 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7133 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7134 without further confirmation.
7136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7138 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7139 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7140 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7142 \(fn)" t nil)
7144 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7145 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7146 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7147 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7148 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7149 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7150 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7151 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7153 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7156 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7157 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7159 \(fn)" nil nil)
7161 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7163 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7164 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7165 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7166 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7167 directory DIRNAME.
7169 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7172 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7174 \(fn)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7177 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7179 \(fn)" t nil)
7181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7183 ;;;***
7184 \f
7185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7188 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7189 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7190 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7191 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7192 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7193 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7195 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7198 Repair a broken attribution line.
7199 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7201 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7204 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7205 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7206 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7208 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7210 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7211 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7213 \(fn)" t nil)
7215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7217 ;;;***
7218 \f
7219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7220 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7224 ;;;***
7225 \f
7226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7227 ;;;;;; 0))
7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7230 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7231 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7232 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7233 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7234 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7239 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7240 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7241 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7243 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7244 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7245 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7246 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7248 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7249 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7251 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7256 \(diary-mail-entries)
7258 # diary-rem.el ends here
7260 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7262 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7263 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7269 ;;;***
7270 \f
7271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7274 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7275 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7277 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7279 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7280 The command to use to run diff.")
7282 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7284 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7285 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7286 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7287 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7288 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7289 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7291 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7292 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7293 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7295 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7297 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7298 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7299 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7300 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7301 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7302 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7304 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7307 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7309 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7311 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7312 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7313 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7319 ;;;***
7320 \f
7321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7324 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7325 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7326 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7327 normal diffs.
7329 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7330 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7331 headers for you on-the-fly.
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7341 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7342 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7344 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7345 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7353 ;;;***
7354 \f
7355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7358 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7359 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7360 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7362 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7366 ;;;***
7367 \f
7368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7369 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7371 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7372 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7373 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7374 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7375 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7376 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7378 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7379 each option.
7380 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7381 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7382 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7384 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7386 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7387 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7388 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7389 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7390 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7391 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7393 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7395 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7396 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7398 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7399 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7401 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7402 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7403 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7404 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7405 listing have no effect.
7411 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7413 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7414 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7416 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7419 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7420 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7422 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7425 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7428 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7430 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7432 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7435 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7438 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7441 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7443 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7446 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7447 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7448 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7449 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7451 to see why something went wrong.
7456 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7463 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7464 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7467 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7469 again for the directory tree.
7472 for more info):
7474 `dired-listing-switches'
7475 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7476 `dired-marker-char'
7477 `dired-del-marker'
7478 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7479 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7480 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7481 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7485 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7486 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7487 `dired-mode-hook'
7488 `dired-load-hook'
7490 Keybindings:
7493 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7494 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7498 ;;;***
7499 \f
7500 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7501 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7506 ;;;***
7507 \f
7508 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7509 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7519 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7520 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7521 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7522 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7523 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7525 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7526 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7527 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7529 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7530 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7531 directory.
7533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7535 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7536 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7537 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7538 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7539 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7540 from `default-directory'.
7542 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7551 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7552 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7553 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7554 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7555 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7556 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7558 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7567 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7568 Return a new, empty display table.
7570 \(fn)" nil nil)
7572 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7573 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7574 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7575 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7576 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7578 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7580 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7581 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7582 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7583 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7584 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7586 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7588 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7589 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7591 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7593 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7594 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7598 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7599 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7601 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7602 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7604 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7605 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7606 byte.
7608 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7609 in the default way after this call.
7611 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7613 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7614 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7616 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7618 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7619 Display character C using printable string S.
7621 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7623 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7624 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7625 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7626 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7628 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7630 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7631 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7632 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7633 X frame.
7635 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7637 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7638 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7640 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7642 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7643 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7645 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7647 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7648 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7650 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7652 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7653 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7655 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7657 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7658 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7660 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7662 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7663 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7665 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7666 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7668 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7669 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7671 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7672 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7673 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7674 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7676 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7677 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7678 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7679 in `.emacs'.
7681 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7690 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7691 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7692 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7693 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7694 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7695 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7696 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7697 Default is 2.
7699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7704 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7706 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7707 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7708 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7709 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7710 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7711 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7712 private or ask).
7713 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7714 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7715 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7716 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7717 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7719 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7723 ;;;***
7724 \f
7725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7730 ;;;***
7731 \f
7732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7735 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7736 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7737 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7738 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7739 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7740 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7741 table and its own syntax table.
7743 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7745 \(fn)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7748 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7749 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7751 \(fn)" t nil)
7753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7755 ;;;***
7756 \f
7757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7758 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7760 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7761 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7762 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7763 OpenDocument format).
7765 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7767 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7768 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7770 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7771 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7774 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7777 \(fn)" t nil)
7779 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7780 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7781 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7782 to the next best mode.
7784 \(fn)" nil nil)
7786 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7787 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7788 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7789 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7790 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7792 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7799 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7803 ;;;***
7804 \f
7805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7808 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7809 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7811 \(fn)" t nil)
7813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7815 ;;;***
7816 \f
7817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7818 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7822 ;;;***
7823 \f
7824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7829 ;;;***
7830 \f
7831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7836 ;;;***
7837 \f
7838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7843 ;;;***
7844 \f
7845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7848 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7849 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7852 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7854 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7855 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7861 ;;;***
7862 \f
7863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7865 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7867 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7868 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7874 ;;;***
7875 \f
7876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7877 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7878 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7882 ;;;***
7883 \f
7884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7885 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7888 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7890 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7891 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7892 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7893 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7894 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7896 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7897 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7898 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7899 and disables it otherwise.
7901 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7902 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7903 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7904 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7906 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7907 documenting what its argument does.
7909 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7910 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7911 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7912 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7913 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7914 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7915 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7916 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7917 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7919 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7920 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7921 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7922 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7923 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7924 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7925 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7926 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7927 the minor mode is global):
7929 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7931 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7932 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7933 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7934 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7935 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7936 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7937 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7938 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7939 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7940 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7941 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7942 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7943 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7944 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7945 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7946 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7947 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7948 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7949 in :variable).
7951 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7952 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7954 For example, you could write
7957 ...BODY CODE...)
7959 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7961 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7963 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7965 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7967 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7968 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7969 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7970 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7971 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7972 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7973 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7974 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7975 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7976 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7977 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7978 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7980 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7981 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7982 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7983 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7984 call another major mode in their body.
7986 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7987 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7988 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7990 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7992 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7994 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7995 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7996 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7997 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7998 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7999 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8000 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8002 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8004 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8005 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8006 :inherit Parent keymap.
8007 :group Ignored.
8008 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8009 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8011 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8013 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8014 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8015 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8016 the constant's documentation.
8018 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8020 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8021 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8022 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8024 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8028 ;;;***
8029 \f
8030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8031 ;;;;;; 0))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8034 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8035 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8036 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8037 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8039 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8040 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8041 as a top-level menu bar item.
8043 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8044 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8045 pairs:
8047 :filter FUNCTION
8048 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8049 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8050 items to actually display.
8052 :visible INCLUDE
8053 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8054 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8055 alias for `:visible'.
8057 :active ENABLE
8058 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8059 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8060 an alias for `:active'.
8062 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8063 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8065 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8067 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8069 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8070 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8072 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8073 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8075 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8077 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8079 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8080 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8082 :keys KEYS
8083 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8084 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8085 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8086 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8088 :key-sequence KEYS
8089 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8090 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8091 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8092 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8094 :active ENABLE
8095 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8096 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8097 alias for `:active'.
8099 :visible INCLUDE
8100 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8101 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8102 `:visible'.
8104 :label FORM
8105 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8106 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8108 :suffix FORM
8109 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8110 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8112 :style STYLE
8113 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8114 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8115 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8117 :selected SELECTED
8118 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8119 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8121 :help HELP
8122 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8124 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8125 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8126 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8128 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8129 MENU. This is a submenu.
8131 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8133 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8135 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8138 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8140 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8141 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8142 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8143 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8145 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8147 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8148 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8149 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8150 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8151 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8152 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8154 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8155 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8156 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8158 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8159 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8160 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8162 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8163 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8165 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8169 ;;;***
8170 \f
8171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8176 ;;;***
8177 \f
8178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8183 ;;;***
8184 \f
8185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8190 ;;;***
8191 \f
8192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8197 ;;;***
8198 \f
8199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8204 ;;;***
8205 \f
8206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8211 ;;;***
8212 \f
8213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8222 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8224 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8225 Customization for ebnf group.
8227 \(fn)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8230 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8232 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8234 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8235 processed.
8237 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8239 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8241 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8242 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8244 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8245 killed after process termination.
8247 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8249 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8254 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8255 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8256 it to the printer.
8258 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8259 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8260 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8261 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8263 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8266 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8267 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8269 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8274 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8276 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8277 processed.
8279 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8281 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8284 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8286 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8287 killed after process termination.
8289 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8291 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8294 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8295 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8296 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8298 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8300 \(fn)" t nil)
8302 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8303 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8304 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8306 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8308 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8310 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8311 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8313 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8315 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8316 processed.
8318 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8320 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8323 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8325 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8326 killed after EPS generation.
8328 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8330 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8333 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8335 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8336 The EPS file name has the following form:
8338 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8340 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8343 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8344 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8345 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8349 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8350 files.
8352 \(fn)" t nil)
8354 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8355 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8357 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8358 The EPS file name has the following form:
8360 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8362 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8365 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8366 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8367 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8371 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8372 files.
8374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8376 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8378 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8379 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8381 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8383 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8384 are processed.
8386 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8388 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8391 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8393 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8394 killed after syntax checking.
8396 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8398 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8401 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8403 \(fn)" t nil)
8405 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8406 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8410 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8411 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8416 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8418 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8420 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8422 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8423 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8425 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8427 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8430 Delete style NAME.
8432 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8434 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8437 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8439 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8441 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8444 Set STYLE as the current style.
8446 Returns the old style symbol.
8448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8450 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8453 Reset current style.
8455 Returns the old style symbol.
8457 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8459 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8461 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8462 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8464 Returns the old style symbol.
8466 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8468 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8470 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8473 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8475 Returns the old style symbol.
8477 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8479 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8481 \(fn)" t nil)
8483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8485 ;;;***
8486 \f
8487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8490 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8491 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8492 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8493 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8494 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8497 Tree mode key bindings:
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8503 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8508 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8513 View declaration of member at point.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8518 Find declaration of member at point.
8520 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8523 View definition of member at point.
8525 \(fn)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8528 Find definition of member at point.
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8533 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8538 View definition of member at point in other window.
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8543 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8548 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8550 \(fn)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8553 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8558 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8563 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8564 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8565 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8566 completion.
8568 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8570 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8571 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8572 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8573 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8575 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8577 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8578 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8579 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8580 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8582 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8585 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8586 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8591 Search for call sites of a member.
8592 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8593 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8594 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8595 looks like a function call to the member.
8597 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8600 Move backward in the position stack.
8601 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8606 Move forward in the position stack.
8607 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8611 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8612 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8616 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8617 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8619 \(fn)" t nil)
8621 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8622 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8623 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8624 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8626 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8628 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8629 Display statistics for a class tree.
8631 \(fn)" t nil)
8633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8635 ;;;***
8636 \f
8637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8640 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8642 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8644 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8645 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8646 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8648 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8651 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8652 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8653 also has this effect.
8655 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8675 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8676 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8677 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8679 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8683 ;;;***
8684 \f
8685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8688 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8691 \(fn)" nil nil)
8693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8695 ;;;***
8696 \f
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8699 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8701 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8702 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8703 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8704 for a description of this minor mode.
8705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8707 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8709 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8711 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8712 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8717 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8718 an EDE controlled project.
8720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8724 ;;;***
8725 \f
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8758 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8766 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8781 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8789 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8794 ;;;***
8795 \f
8796 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8797 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8813 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8818 ;;;***
8819 \f
8820 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8821 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8829 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8834 ;;;***
8835 \f
8836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8837 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8856 ;;;***
8857 \f
8858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8863 ;;;***
8864 \f
8865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8866 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8874 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8882 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8887 ;;;***
8888 \f
8889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8890 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8895 ;;;***
8896 \f
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8898 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8906 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8914 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8922 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8930 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8946 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8954 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8959 ;;;***
8960 \f
8961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8966 ;;;***
8967 \f
8968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8973 ;;;***
8974 \f
8975 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8976 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8981 ;;;***
8982 \f
8983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8984 ;;;;;; 0))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8989 ;;;***
8990 \f
8991 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9002 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9003 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9004 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9005 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9006 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9008 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9009 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9011 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9013 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9015 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9016 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9017 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9018 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9020 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9022 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9023 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9024 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9025 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9027 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9029 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9031 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9032 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9033 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9034 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9035 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9037 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9038 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9039 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9040 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9041 instrumented for Edebug.
9043 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9044 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9045 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9046 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9047 already is one.)
9049 \(fn)" t nil)
9051 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9052 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9056 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9057 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9059 \(fn)" t nil)
9061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9067 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9069 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9070 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9072 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9074 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9075 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9077 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9079 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9081 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9083 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9084 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9085 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9086 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9088 \(fn)" t nil)
9090 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9091 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9092 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9093 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9095 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9097 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9098 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9100 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9102 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9104 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9105 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9109 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9111 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9112 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9113 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9114 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9116 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9118 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9120 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9121 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9122 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9123 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9125 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9127 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9129 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9130 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9131 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9132 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9134 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9136 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9138 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9139 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9140 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9141 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9143 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9145 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9147 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9148 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9149 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9150 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9151 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9152 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9154 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9156 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9157 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9158 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9159 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9161 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9163 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9165 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9166 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9167 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9168 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9170 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9172 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9174 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9176 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9177 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9178 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9179 follows:
9180 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9181 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9183 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9185 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9186 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9187 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9188 follows:
9189 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9190 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9192 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9194 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9195 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9196 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9197 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9198 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9200 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9203 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9204 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9205 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9206 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9207 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9209 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9211 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9213 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9214 Merge two files without ancestor.
9216 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9218 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9219 Merge two files with ancestor.
9221 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9223 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9225 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9226 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9228 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9230 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9231 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9233 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9235 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9236 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9237 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9238 buffer.
9240 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9242 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9243 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9244 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9245 buffer.
9247 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9249 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9250 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9251 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9252 and don't ask the user.
9253 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9254 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9256 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9258 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9259 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9260 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9261 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9262 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9263 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9264 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9265 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9267 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9269 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9271 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9273 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9274 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9275 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9276 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9277 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9279 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9281 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9283 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9284 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9285 When called interactively, displays the version.
9287 \(fn)" t nil)
9289 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9290 Display Ediff's manual.
9291 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9293 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9295 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9298 \(fn)" nil nil)
9300 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9303 \(fn)" nil nil)
9305 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9308 \(fn)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9313 \(fn)" nil nil)
9315 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9318 \(fn)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9323 \(fn)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9328 \(fn)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9333 \(fn)" nil nil)
9335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9344 ;;;***
9345 \f
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9349 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9370 ;;;***
9371 \f
9372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9375 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9376 Display Ediff's registry.
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9380 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9391 ;;;***
9392 \f
9393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9396 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9397 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9398 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9399 which see.
9401 \(fn)" t nil)
9403 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9404 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9405 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9406 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9408 \(fn)" t nil)
9410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9419 ;;;***
9420 \f
9421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9430 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9432 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9433 Edit a keyboard macro.
9434 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9435 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9436 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9437 its command name.
9438 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9440 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9442 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9443 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9445 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9448 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9450 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9452 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9453 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9455 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9459 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9460 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9461 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9462 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9464 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9466 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9467 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9468 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9469 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9470 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9471 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9473 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9477 ;;;***
9478 \f
9479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9482 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9483 Set scroll margins.
9484 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9485 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9487 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9489 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9490 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9496 ;;;***
9497 \f
9498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9499 ;;;;;; 0))
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9507 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9519 ;;;***
9520 \f
9521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9522 ;;;;;; 0))
9523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9527 ;;;***
9528 \f
9529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9532 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9534 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9535 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9536 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9537 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9538 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9540 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9541 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9544 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9545 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9546 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9548 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9549 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9550 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9552 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9553 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9554 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9556 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9561 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9565 ;;;***
9566 \f
9567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9569 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9573 ;;;***
9574 \f
9575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9576 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9581 ;;;***
9582 \f
9583 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9584 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9589 ;;;***
9590 \f
9591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9592 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9594 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9596 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9597 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9598 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9599 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9600 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9601 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9602 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9604 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9608 ;;;***
9609 \f
9610 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9611 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9616 ;;;***
9617 \f
9618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9619 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9624 ;;;***
9625 \f
9626 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9627 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9635 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9640 ;;;***
9641 \f
9642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9645 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34) ((nth 0 electric-quote-chars) nth 1 electric-quote-chars) ((nth 2 electric-quote-chars) nth 3 electric-quote-chars)) "\
9646 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9648 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9649 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9650 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9652 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9654 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9655 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9656 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9657 for a description of this minor mode.
9658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9660 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9662 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9664 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9665 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9670 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9671 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9672 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9673 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9677 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9678 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9684 ;;;***
9685 \f
9686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9689 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9690 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9692 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9693 an elided material again.
9695 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9701 ;;;***
9702 \f
9703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9706 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9707 Lint the file FILE.
9709 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9711 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9712 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9713 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9715 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9718 Lint the current buffer.
9719 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9721 \(fn)" t nil)
9723 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9724 Lint the function at point.
9725 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9727 \(fn)" t nil)
9729 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9730 Initialize elint.
9731 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9732 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9734 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9743 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9744 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9745 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9747 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9750 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9751 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9752 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9754 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9757 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9758 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9762 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9765 Display current profiling results.
9766 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9767 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9768 displayed.
9770 \(fn)" t nil)
9772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9774 ;;;***
9775 \f
9776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9777 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9778 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9782 ;;;***
9783 \f
9784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9790 ;;;***
9791 \f
9792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9801 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9806 ;;;***
9807 \f
9808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9817 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9822 ;;;***
9823 \f
9824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9825 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9830 ;;;***
9831 \f
9832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9841 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9846 ;;;***
9847 \f
9848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9849 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9854 ;;;***
9855 \f
9856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9862 ;;;***
9863 \f
9864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9865 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9870 ;;;***
9871 \f
9872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9873 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9878 ;;;***
9879 \f
9880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9881 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9882 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9886 ;;;***
9887 \f
9888 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9889 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9894 ;;;***
9895 \f
9896 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9905 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9910 ;;;***
9911 \f
9912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9915 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9916 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9917 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9918 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9919 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9920 ARG is omitted or nil.
9922 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9923 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9924 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9925 used instead.
9927 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9929 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9930 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9931 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9933 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9939 ;;;***
9940 \f
9941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9944 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9945 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9946 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9948 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9950 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9954 ;;;***
9955 \f
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9959 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9960 Run Emerge on two files.
9962 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9964 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9965 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9967 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9969 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9970 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9972 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9974 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9975 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9977 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9979 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9982 \(fn)" nil nil)
9984 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9987 \(fn)" nil nil)
9989 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9992 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9994 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9997 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9999 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10000 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10002 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10004 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10005 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10007 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10009 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10012 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10016 ;;;***
10017 \f
10018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10021 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10022 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10023 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10024 text/enriched format.
10026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10027 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10028 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10030 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10032 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10035 Commands:
10039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10044 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10046 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10049 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10053 ;;;***
10054 \f
10055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10056 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10058 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10059 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10061 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10063 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10064 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10066 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10069 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10070 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10071 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10072 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10073 the keys are listed.
10074 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10076 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10078 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10079 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10080 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10082 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10084 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10085 Verify FILE.
10087 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10090 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10092 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10094 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10095 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10097 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10100 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10102 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10103 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10104 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10105 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10107 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10108 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10109 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10110 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10111 should consider using the string based counterpart
10112 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10113 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10115 For example:
10118 (decode-coding-string
10119 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10122 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10124 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10125 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10127 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10128 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10132 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10134 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10135 Verify the current region between START and END.
10137 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10138 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10139 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10140 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10141 should consider using the string based counterpart
10142 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10143 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10145 For example:
10148 (decode-coding-string
10149 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10152 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10154 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10156 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10157 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10158 between START and END.
10160 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10161 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10163 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10165 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10167 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10168 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10170 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10171 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10172 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10173 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10174 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10175 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10177 For example:
10180 (epg-sign-string
10181 context
10184 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10186 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10188 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10189 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10191 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10192 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10193 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10194 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10195 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10196 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10198 For example:
10201 (epg-encrypt-string
10202 context
10204 nil))
10206 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10208 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10210 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10211 Delete selected KEYS.
10213 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10215 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10216 Import keys from FILE.
10218 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10220 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10221 Import keys from the region.
10223 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10225 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10226 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10227 between START and END.
10229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10231 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10232 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10234 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10236 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10237 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10239 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10248 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10249 Decrypt marked files.
10251 \(fn)" t nil)
10253 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10254 Verify marked files.
10256 \(fn)" t nil)
10258 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10259 Sign marked files.
10261 \(fn)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10264 Encrypt marked files.
10266 \(fn)" t nil)
10268 ;;;***
10269 \f
10270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10271 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10273 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10276 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10278 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10281 \(fn)" t nil)
10283 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10286 \(fn)" t nil)
10288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10290 ;;;***
10291 \f
10292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10295 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10296 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10298 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10299 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10303 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10304 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10305 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10307 \(fn)" t nil)
10309 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10311 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10312 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10313 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10315 \(fn)" t nil)
10317 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10319 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10320 Sign the current buffer.
10321 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10323 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10325 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10327 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10328 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10329 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10330 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10331 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10332 and also whether and how to sign.
10334 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10335 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10336 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10338 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10340 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10343 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10344 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10348 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10350 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10351 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10352 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10353 for a description of this minor mode.
10354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10355 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10356 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10358 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10360 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10361 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10363 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10364 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10370 ;;;***
10371 \f
10372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10373 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10374 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10376 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10377 Return a context object.
10379 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10383 ;;;***
10384 \f
10385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10388 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10389 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10390 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10391 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10393 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10394 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10395 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10396 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10397 version requirement is met.
10399 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10401 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10402 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10404 \(fn)" nil nil)
10406 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10408 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10409 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10411 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10413 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10414 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10416 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10420 ;;;***
10421 \f
10422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10424 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10426 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10427 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10429 \(fn)" nil nil)
10431 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10432 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10433 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10435 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10437 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10438 (server (erc-compute-server))
10439 (port (erc-compute-port))
10440 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10441 password
10442 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10444 That is, if called with
10448 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10449 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10450 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10452 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10454 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10456 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10457 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10458 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10460 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10462 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10463 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10464 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10465 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10467 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10471 ;;;***
10472 \f
10473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10474 ;;;;;; 0))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10476 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10480 ;;;***
10481 \f
10482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10487 ;;;***
10488 \f
10489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10491 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10495 ;;;***
10496 \f
10497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10499 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10503 ;;;***
10504 \f
10505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10506 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10507 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10515 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10517 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10518 Parser for /dcc command.
10519 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10521 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10523 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10525 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10526 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10528 \(fn)" nil nil)
10530 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10531 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10533 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10534 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10535 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10536 that subcommand.
10538 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10542 ;;;***
10543 \f
10544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10545 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10547 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10554 ;;;;;; 0))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10557 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10558 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10560 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10562 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10563 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10564 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10565 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10567 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10569 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10572 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10574 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10575 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10577 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10579 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10580 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10582 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10584 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10585 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10587 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10589 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10590 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10592 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10594 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10595 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10597 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10599 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10600 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10602 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10604 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10605 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10607 \(fn)" nil nil)
10609 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10610 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10612 \(fn)" nil nil)
10614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10616 ;;;***
10617 \f
10618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10619 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10620 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10622 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10623 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10624 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10626 \(fn)" nil nil)
10628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10630 ;;;***
10631 \f
10632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10637 ;;;***
10638 \f
10639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10644 ;;;***
10645 \f
10646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10648 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10650 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10651 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10652 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10653 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10654 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10655 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10656 system.
10658 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10660 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10663 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10667 ;;;***
10668 \f
10669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10672 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10675 \(fn)" nil nil)
10677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10679 ;;;***
10680 \f
10681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10683 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10687 ;;;***
10688 \f
10689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10694 ;;;***
10695 \f
10696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10697 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10698 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10706 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10708 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10709 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10710 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10711 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10712 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10713 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10715 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10717 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10718 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10719 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10720 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10722 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10723 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10724 automatically.
10726 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10727 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10729 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10737 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10739 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10740 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10742 \(fn)" t nil)
10744 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10745 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10747 \(fn)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10750 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10752 \(fn)" t nil)
10754 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10755 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10757 \(fn)" t nil)
10759 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10760 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10762 \(fn)" t nil)
10764 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10765 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10767 \(fn)" t nil)
10769 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10770 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10772 \(fn)" t nil)
10774 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10775 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10777 \(fn)" t nil)
10779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10781 ;;;***
10782 \f
10783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10785 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10789 ;;;***
10790 \f
10791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10792 ;;;;;; 0))
10793 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10794 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10796 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10797 Show who's gone.
10799 \(fn)" nil nil)
10801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10803 ;;;***
10804 \f
10805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10806 ;;;;;; 0))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10809 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10811 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10812 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10814 \(fn)" nil nil)
10816 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10817 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10819 \(fn)" t nil)
10821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10827 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10829 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10830 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10831 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10832 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10834 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10836 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10839 \(fn)" nil nil)
10841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10843 ;;;***
10844 \f
10845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10847 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10851 ;;;***
10852 \f
10853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10854 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10856 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10860 ;;;***
10861 \f
10862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10864 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10868 ;;;***
10869 \f
10870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10872 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10876 ;;;***
10877 \f
10878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10879 ;;;;;; 0))
10880 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10881 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10883 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10884 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10886 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10888 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10890 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10892 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10896 ;;;***
10897 \f
10898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10900 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10904 ;;;***
10905 \f
10906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10907 ;;;;;; 0))
10908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10910 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10911 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10912 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10918 ;;;***
10919 \f
10920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10921 ;;;;;; 0))
10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10923 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10927 ;;;***
10928 \f
10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10931 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10935 ;;;***
10936 \f
10937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10940 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10941 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10942 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10943 for a description of this minor mode.")
10945 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10947 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10948 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10953 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10954 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10955 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10956 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10959 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10963 ;;;***
10964 \f
10965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10966 ;;;;;; 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10968 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10970 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10971 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10972 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10973 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10975 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10978 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10979 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10989 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10991 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10992 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10994 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
11003 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
11004 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
11006 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
11007 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
11009 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
11010 useful for assertions in BODY.
11012 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
11014 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
11015 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
11016 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
11020 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
11022 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
11024 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
11026 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11028 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
11029 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
11031 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
11032 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
11036 Returns the stats object.
11038 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11040 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11041 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11043 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11044 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11045 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11046 the tests).
11048 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11050 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11051 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11053 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11054 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11055 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11056 and how to display message.
11058 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11060 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11062 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11063 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11065 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11074 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11076 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11077 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11083 ;;;***
11084 \f
11085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11090 ;;;***
11091 \f
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11097 ;;;***
11098 \f
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11100 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11104 ;;;***
11105 \f
11106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11107 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11111 ;;;***
11112 \f
11113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11114 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11116 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11117 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11119 \(fn)" t nil)
11121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11123 ;;;***
11124 \f
11125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11126 ;;;;;; 0))
11127 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11131 ;;;***
11132 \f
11133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11138 ;;;***
11139 \f
11140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11145 ;;;***
11146 \f
11147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11152 ;;;***
11153 \f
11154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11159 ;;;***
11160 \f
11161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11163 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11165 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11166 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11167 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11168 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11169 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11170 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11171 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11172 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11173 buffer selected (or created).
11175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11177 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11178 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11179 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11181 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11183 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11184 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11185 The result might be any Lisp object.
11186 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11187 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11188 corresponding to a successful execution.
11190 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11192 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11196 ;;;***
11197 \f
11198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11201 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11202 File name of tags table.
11203 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11204 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11205 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11206 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11207 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11208 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11210 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11211 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11212 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11213 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11215 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11217 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11218 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11220 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11221 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11222 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11224 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11226 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11227 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11228 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11230 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11232 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11233 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11234 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11235 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11236 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11238 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11240 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11245 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11247 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11249 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11250 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11251 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11253 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11255 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11256 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11258 \(fn)" t nil)
11260 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11261 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11262 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11263 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11266 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11267 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11269 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11270 file the tag was in.
11272 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11274 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11275 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11276 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11277 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11278 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11279 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11280 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11281 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11282 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11283 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11284 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11285 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11287 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11289 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11290 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11291 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11292 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11293 without directory names.
11295 \(fn)" nil nil)
11297 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11300 \(fn)" nil nil)
11301 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11302 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11303 (progn
11304 (load "etags")
11305 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11307 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11308 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11309 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11310 but does not select the buffer.
11311 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11313 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11314 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11315 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11316 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11319 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11321 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11323 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11325 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11327 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11329 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11330 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11331 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11332 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11334 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11335 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11336 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11337 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11340 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11342 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11344 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11346 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11348 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11350 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11352 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11353 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11354 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11355 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11356 around or before point.
11358 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11359 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11360 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11361 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11364 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11366 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11368 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11370 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11372 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11374 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11376 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11377 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11378 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11379 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11380 around or before point.
11382 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11383 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11384 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11385 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11388 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11390 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11392 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11394 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11396 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11398 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11400 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11402 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11404 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11405 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11406 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11407 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11410 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11412 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11414 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11416 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11418 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11420 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11422 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11424 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11425 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11427 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11428 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11429 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11431 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11432 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11434 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11435 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11437 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11439 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11441 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11442 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11444 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11445 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11446 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11447 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11448 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11450 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11452 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11453 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11454 Stops when a match is found.
11457 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11458 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11459 restricted to these files.
11461 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11463 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11465 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11466 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11467 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11470 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11472 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11473 produce the list of files to search.
11475 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11477 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11479 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11480 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11481 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11482 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11483 directory specification.
11485 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11487 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11488 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11492 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11494 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11495 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11496 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11497 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11499 \(fn)" t nil)
11501 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11502 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11503 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11504 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11507 \(fn)" t nil)
11509 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11512 \(fn)" nil nil)
11514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11520 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11522 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11525 \(fn)" nil nil)
11527 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11528 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11530 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11531 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11533 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11534 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11535 primary language.
11537 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11538 even if the buffer is read-only.
11540 See also the descriptions of the variables
11541 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11543 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11545 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11546 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11548 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11549 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11551 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11552 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11553 primary language.
11555 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11556 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11558 See also the descriptions of the variables
11559 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11561 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11563 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11565 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11568 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11571 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11572 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11573 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11575 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11576 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11577 primary language.
11579 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11580 buffer is read-only.
11582 See also the descriptions of the variables
11583 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11584 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11586 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11588 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11589 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11591 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11592 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11594 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11595 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11596 the primary language.
11598 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11599 buffer is read-only.
11601 See also the descriptions of the variables
11602 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11603 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11605 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11607 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11611 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11613 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11614 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11616 \(fn)" t nil)
11618 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11619 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11621 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11622 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11623 be 1, 2, or 3.
11625 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11626 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11627 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11629 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11631 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11633 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11634 This function is deprecated.
11636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11638 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11639 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11641 \(fn)" t nil)
11643 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11644 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11646 \(fn)" t nil)
11648 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11649 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11652 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11654 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11655 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11657 \(fn)" nil nil)
11659 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11660 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11662 \(fn)" nil nil)
11664 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11665 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11667 \(fn)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11670 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11672 \(fn)" nil nil)
11674 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11675 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11676 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11680 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11683 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11687 ;;;***
11688 \f
11689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11692 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11693 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11694 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11695 server for future sessions.
11697 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11699 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11700 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11701 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11703 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11705 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11706 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11707 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11709 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11711 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11712 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11713 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11714 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11715 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11716 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11717 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11718 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11719 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11720 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11721 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11722 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11724 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11726 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11727 Display a form to query the directory server.
11728 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11729 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11731 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11733 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11734 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11735 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11737 \(fn)" t nil)
11739 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11749 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11754 Display URL and make it clickable.
11759 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11764 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11769 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11774 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11780 ;;;***
11781 \f
11782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11786 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11787 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11792 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11798 ;;;***
11799 \f
11800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11801 ;;;;;; 0))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11805 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11818 ;;;***
11819 \f
11820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11825 ;;;***
11826 \f
11827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11845 Create an empty ewoc.
11847 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11849 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11850 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11851 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11852 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11853 `insert-before-markers'.
11855 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11856 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11857 respectively, of the ewoc.
11859 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11860 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11861 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11867 ;;;***
11868 \f
11869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11873 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11874 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11875 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11881 Fetch URL and render the page.
11882 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11883 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11889 Render FILE using EWW.
11894 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11895 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11900 Mode for browsing the web.
11910 Display the bookmarks.
11916 ;;;***
11917 \f
11918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11919 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11923 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11929 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11931 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11932 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11937 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11938 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11939 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11940 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11941 executable.
11946 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11947 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11948 file modes.
11952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11957 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11960 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11961 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11962 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11964 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11966 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11967 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11968 to generate such functions.
11970 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11971 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11972 beginning of the expanded text.
11974 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11975 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11976 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11977 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11979 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11984 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11985 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11990 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11991 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11996 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11997 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
12005 ;;;***
12006 \f
12007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
12010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
12012 ;;;***
12013 \f
12014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
12018 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
12019 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
12027 Key definitions:
12030 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12032 `f90-do-indent'
12033 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
12034 `f90-if-indent'
12035 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
12036 `f90-type-indent'
12037 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
12038 `f90-program-indent'
12039 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12040 (default 2).
12041 `f90-associate-indent'
12042 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12043 `f90-critical-indent'
12044 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12045 `f90-continuation-indent'
12046 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12047 `f90-comment-region'
12050 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12051 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12053 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12056 `f90-break-delimiters'
12057 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12059 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12060 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12061 (default t).
12062 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12063 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12064 `f90-smart-end'
12065 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12066 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12067 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12068 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12069 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12070 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12071 `f90-leave-line-no'
12072 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12074 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12075 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12084 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12087 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12088 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12089 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12091 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12092 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12093 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12094 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12095 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12097 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12098 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12099 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12100 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12101 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12102 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12103 attributes.
12105 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12106 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12111 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12112 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12113 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12118 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12119 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12120 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12122 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12123 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12124 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12126 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12127 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12128 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12129 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12134 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12135 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12137 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12138 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12139 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12140 the same amount).
12145 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12146 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12148 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12149 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12150 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12151 will remove any scaling currently active.
12156 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12157 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12166 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12168 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12170 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12171 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12173 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12174 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12175 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12177 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12178 the face height as long as the input event read
12179 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12181 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12182 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12183 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12184 will remove any scaling currently active.
12186 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12187 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12188 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12189 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12190 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12195 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12197 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12198 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12199 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12204 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12205 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12206 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12207 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12208 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12209 `buffer-face-mode'.
12211 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12212 local, and sets it to FACE.
12217 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12218 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12219 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12220 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12221 `face' text property.
12223 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12224 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12225 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12226 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12228 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12229 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12234 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12235 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12236 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12242 ;;;***
12243 \f
12244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12249 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12250 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12251 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12256 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12261 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12262 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12263 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12268 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12269 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12270 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12271 backup file names and the like).
12276 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12277 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12278 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12279 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12280 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12281 internally by feedmail):
12283 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12284 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12285 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12286 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12288 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12289 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12290 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12291 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12292 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12304 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12305 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12306 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12308 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12309 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12314 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12315 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12316 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12317 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12318 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12319 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12326 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12327 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12328 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12329 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12330 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12335 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12336 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12337 Return value:
12338 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12339 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12340 * otherwise, nil
12345 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12346 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12351 Try to get a file name at point.
12352 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12357 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12369 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12370 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12371 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12376 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12377 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12378 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12379 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12380 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12385 Add FILE to the file cache.
12390 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12391 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12396 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12397 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12402 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12403 This function does not use any external programs.
12404 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12405 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12406 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12411 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12412 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12413 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12414 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12415 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12416 \(directories) is done.
12420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12428 Handle file system monitoring event.
12429 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12431 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12433 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12439 ;;;***
12440 \f
12441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12445 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12447 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12448 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12449 Local Variables list.
12451 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12452 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12453 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12458 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12463 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12465 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12466 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12467 the -*- line.
12469 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12470 then this function adds it.
12475 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12480 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12485 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12490 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12495 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12500 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12508 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12509 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12510 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12511 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12513 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12514 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12515 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12516 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12517 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12522 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12523 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12524 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12525 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12527 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12528 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12529 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profile'. Then
12530 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12531 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12532 in order.
12537 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12538 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12539 will not be changed.
12544 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12545 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12553 ;;;***
12554 \f
12555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12559 Filesets initialization.
12560 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12566 ;;;***
12567 \f
12568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12573 Initiate the building of a find command.
12574 For example:
12581 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12582 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12588 ;;;***
12589 \f
12590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12594 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12595 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12599 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12605 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12606 and run Dired on those files.
12607 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12608 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12612 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12617 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12618 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12623 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12630 ;;;***
12631 \f
12632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12635 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12636 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12637 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12638 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12639 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12640 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12646 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12647 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12649 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12656 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12657 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12659 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12660 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12662 Variables of interest include:
12664 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12665 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12666 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12668 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12669 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12670 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12672 - `ff-ignore-include'
12673 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12675 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12676 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12678 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12679 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12681 - `ff-special-constructs'
12682 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12683 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12684 extracting the filename from that construct.
12686 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12687 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12689 - `ff-search-directories'
12690 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12691 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12693 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12694 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12696 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12697 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12699 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12700 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12702 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12703 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12705 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12706 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12711 Visit the file you click on.
12716 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12722 ;;;***
12723 \f
12724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12725 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12729 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12731 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12736 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12738 See `find-library' for more details.
12743 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12745 See `find-library' for more details.
12750 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12751 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12752 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12754 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12755 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12756 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12757 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12762 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12764 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12765 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12766 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12767 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12769 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12770 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12771 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12773 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12774 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12775 in `load-path'.
12780 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12782 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12783 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12784 places point before the definition.
12785 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12787 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12788 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12789 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12794 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12796 See `find-function' for more details.
12801 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12803 See `find-function' for more details.
12808 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12810 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12811 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12812 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12814 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12815 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12820 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12822 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12823 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12824 places point before the definition.
12826 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12828 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12829 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12830 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12835 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12837 See `find-variable' for more details.
12842 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12844 See `find-variable' for more details.
12849 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12850 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12851 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12852 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12853 buffer nor display it.
12855 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12856 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12861 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12863 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12864 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12865 places point before the definition.
12867 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12869 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12871 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12876 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12877 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12882 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12883 See `find-function-on-key'.
12888 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12889 See `find-function-on-key'.
12894 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12899 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12904 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12910 ;;;***
12911 \f
12912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12913 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12916 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12921 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12926 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12932 ;;;***
12933 \f
12934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12935 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12939 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12944 Display FILE's commentary section.
12945 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12950 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12956 ;;;***
12957 \f
12958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12959 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12962 Toggle flow control handling.
12964 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12969 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12971 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12973 to get the effect of a C-q.
12977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12979 ;;;***
12980 \f
12981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12996 ;;;***
12997 \f
12998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
13003 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
13004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
13005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
13012 Turn flymake mode on.
13017 Turn flymake mode off.
13026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13028 ;;;***
13029 \f
13030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13034 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13040 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13042 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13043 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13045 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13046 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13047 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13049 Bindings:
13055 Hooks:
13056 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13058 Remark:
13059 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13060 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13061 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13063 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13064 consider adding:
13066 in your init file.
13074 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13079 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13084 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13089 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13094 Flyspell whole buffer.
13098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13100 ;;;***
13101 \f
13102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13103 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13108 ;;;***
13109 \f
13110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13114 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13119 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13124 Toggle Follow mode.
13125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13129 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13130 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13132 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13133 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13134 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13136 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13137 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13138 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13139 movement commands.
13141 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13142 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13143 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13144 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13145 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13146 mileage may vary).
13148 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13151 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13153 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13155 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13161 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13162 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13164 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13165 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13167 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13168 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13170 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13175 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13176 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13178 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13179 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13181 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13182 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13184 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13189 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13191 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13192 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13194 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13195 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13197 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13202 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13204 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13205 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13207 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13208 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13210 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13215 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13217 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13218 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13219 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13220 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13221 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13222 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13224 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13225 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13226 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13232 ;;;***
13233 \f
13234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13235 ;;;;;; 0))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13247 Toggle Footnote mode.
13248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13252 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13253 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13254 play around with the following keys:
13259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13261 ;;;***
13262 \f
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13268 ;;;***
13269 \f
13270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13274 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13276 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13277 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13278 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13279 C-c < forms-first-record <
13280 C-c > forms-last-record >
13281 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13282 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13283 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13284 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13285 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13286 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13287 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13288 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13289 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13290 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13295 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13300 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13306 ;;;***
13307 \f
13308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13312 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13313 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13316 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13320 Key definitions:
13323 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13325 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13327 `fortran-do-indent'
13328 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13329 `fortran-if-indent'
13330 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13331 `fortran-structure-indent'
13332 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13333 (default 3)
13334 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13335 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13336 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13337 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13338 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13339 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13340 nil don't change the indentation
13341 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13342 value of either
13343 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13345 depending on the continuation format in use.
13346 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13347 indentation for a line of code.
13348 (default `fixed')
13349 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13350 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13352 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13353 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13354 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13355 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13356 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13357 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13358 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13359 column 5.
13360 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13362 statements (default nil).
13363 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13365 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13366 `fortran-continuation-string'
13367 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13369 `fortran-comment-region'
13372 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13373 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13374 as typed (default t).
13375 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13376 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13378 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13379 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13385 ;;;***
13386 \f
13387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13391 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13393 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13394 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13399 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13401 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13402 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13407 Compile fortune file.
13409 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13410 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13415 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13417 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13418 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13419 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13420 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13425 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13426 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13427 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13432 Display a fortune cookie.
13433 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13434 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13435 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13436 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13442 ;;;***
13443 \f
13444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13447 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13448 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13451 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13452 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13456 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13458 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13459 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13461 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13462 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13463 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13464 intend to modify existing values, do
13466 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13468 before changing anything.
13470 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13471 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13473 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13474 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13475 to restore the frame.
13477 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13478 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13479 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13481 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13482 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13483 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13484 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13485 FILTER A filter function.
13487 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13488 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13490 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13492 where
13494 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13495 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13496 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13497 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13498 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13499 before restoring it.
13500 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13502 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13503 It must return:
13504 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13505 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13506 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13508 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13512 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13513 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13514 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13515 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13516 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13517 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13522 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13527 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13528 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13529 If nil, check all live frames.
13534 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13535 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13536 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13537 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13538 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13539 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13540 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13541 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13542 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13543 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13548 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13550 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13551 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13552 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13553 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13554 and window-state is not restored.
13556 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13557 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13559 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13560 t All existing frames can be reused.
13561 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13562 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13563 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13564 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13566 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13567 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13568 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13569 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13570 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13571 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13572 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13573 be created from that parameter alist.
13575 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13576 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13577 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13578 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13579 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13580 - the live frame just restored,
13581 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13582 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13583 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13586 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13587 nil Keep all frames.
13588 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13589 - FRAME, a live frame.
13590 - ACTION, which can be one of
13591 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13592 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13593 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13594 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13595 Return value is ignored.
13597 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13598 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13599 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13600 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13601 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13603 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13605 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13608 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13609 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13614 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13615 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13620 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13622 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13624 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13630 ;;;***
13631 \f
13632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13637 ;;;***
13638 \f
13639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13645 ;;;***
13646 \f
13647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13652 ;;;***
13653 \f
13654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13658 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13659 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13665 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13666 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13667 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13668 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13669 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13670 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13675 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13677 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13678 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13679 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13680 for your debugger.
13681 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13682 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13683 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13684 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13689 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13690 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13691 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13692 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13694 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13695 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13696 shown in some of the buffers.
13698 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13700 The following commands help control operation :
13702 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13703 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13705 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13706 detailed description of this mode.
13709 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13710 | GDB Toolbar |
13711 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13712 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13713 | | |
13714 | | |
13715 | | |
13716 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13717 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13718 | | (comint-mode) |
13719 | | |
13720 | | |
13721 | | |
13722 | | |
13723 | | |
13724 | | |
13725 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13726 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13727 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13728 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13729 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13730 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13736 ;;;***
13737 \f
13738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13739 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13744 ;;;***
13745 \f
13746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13750 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13751 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13755 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13757 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13758 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13759 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13760 documentation string instead.
13762 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13763 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13767 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13768 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13769 enders are actually possible.
13771 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13772 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13774 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13775 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13776 `font-lock-keywords'.
13778 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13779 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13780 runs the macro expansion.
13782 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13783 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13784 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13786 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13788 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13795 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13800 Enter generic mode MODE.
13802 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13804 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13806 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13807 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13812 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13813 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13814 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13815 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13816 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13817 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13818 `font-lock-keywords'.
13824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13826 ;;;***
13827 \f
13828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13839 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13841 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13842 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13843 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13849 ;;;***
13850 \f
13851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13855 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13856 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13861 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13863 Guideline for numbers:
13864 1 - error messages
13865 3 - non-serious error messages
13866 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13867 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13868 9 - messages inside loops.
13873 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13874 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13879 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13884 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13886 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13887 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13889 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13890 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13891 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13893 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13894 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13899 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13905 ;;;***
13906 \f
13907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13914 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13919 Read network news.
13920 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13921 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13922 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13923 name of an NNTP server to use.
13924 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13925 server.
13930 Read news as a slave.
13935 Pop up a frame to read news.
13936 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13937 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13938 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13939 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13940 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13942 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13943 current display is used.
13948 Read network news.
13949 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13950 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13951 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13963 Start Gnus unplugged.
13968 Start Gnus plugged.
13973 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13978 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13980 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13981 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13982 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13984 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13985 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13986 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13991 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13996 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13997 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13998 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13999 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14000 supported.
14005 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14006 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14007 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14008 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14009 supported.
14014 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14019 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14020 downloaded into the agent.
14025 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14026 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14027 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14032 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14037 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14042 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14043 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14049 ;;;***
14050 \f
14051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14055 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14061 ;;;***
14062 \f
14063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14068 ;;;***
14069 \f
14070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14075 ;;;***
14076 \f
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14078 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14082 Set a bookmark for this article.
14087 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14092 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14093 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14094 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14095 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14101 ;;;***
14102 \f
14103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14107 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14109 Usage:
14110 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14115 Generate the cache active file.
14120 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14125 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14126 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14127 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14128 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14129 supported.
14134 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14135 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14136 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14137 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14138 supported.
14142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14151 ;;;***
14152 \f
14153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14158 ;;;***
14159 \f
14160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14165 ;;;***
14166 \f
14167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14171 Delay this article by some time.
14172 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14174 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14175 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14177 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14178 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14180 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14181 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14186 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14191 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14192 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14193 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14195 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14196 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14226 ;;;***
14227 \f
14228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14232 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14238 ;;;***
14239 \f
14240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14244 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14250 ;;;***
14251 \f
14252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14257 ;;;***
14258 \f
14259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14270 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14277 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14279 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14284 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14289 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14291 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14292 different input formats.
14297 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14299 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14300 different input formats.
14305 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14306 The PNG is returned as a string.
14311 Convert FILE to a Face.
14312 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14313 726 bytes.
14318 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14320 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14325 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14331 ;;;***
14332 \f
14333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14334 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14338 Display gravatar in the From header.
14339 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14344 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14345 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14351 ;;;***
14352 \f
14353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14357 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14358 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14359 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14364 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14370 ;;;***
14371 \f
14372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14387 ;;;***
14388 \f
14389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14390 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14395 ;;;***
14396 \f
14397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14410 Run batched scoring.
14411 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14431 ;;;***
14432 \f
14433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14442 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14443 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14448 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14456 ;;;***
14457 \f
14458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14462 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14463 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14464 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14465 group parameters.
14467 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14468 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14469 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14470 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14472 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14473 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14474 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14475 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14476 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14477 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14478 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14479 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14480 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14481 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14486 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14487 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14488 nil CATCH-ALL).
14490 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14491 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14496 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14497 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14499 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14504 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14505 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14507 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14509 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14510 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14511 existing groups are considered.
14513 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14514 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14515 returned.
14517 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14518 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14519 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14520 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14521 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14522 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14523 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14524 clauses will be generated.
14526 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14527 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14528 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14529 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14530 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14531 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14533 For example, given the following group parameters:
14535 nnml:mail.bar:
14538 nnml:mail.foo:
14543 nnml:mail.others:
14544 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14558 ;;;***
14559 \f
14560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14564 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14565 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14566 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14567 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14568 instead.
14570 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14573 Mail to ADDRESS.
14578 Like `message-reply'.
14582 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14586 ;;;***
14587 \f
14588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14589 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14593 Send a notification on new message.
14594 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14595 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14596 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14598 This is typically a function to add in
14599 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14605 ;;;***
14606 \f
14607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14611 Display picons in the From header.
14612 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14617 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14618 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14623 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14624 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14630 ;;;***
14631 \f
14632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14636 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14637 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14638 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14643 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14644 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14645 LIST1 is modified.
14650 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14651 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14661 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14662 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14667 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14668 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14675 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14676 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14681 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14682 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14687 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14688 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14693 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14699 ;;;***
14700 \f
14701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14702 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14706 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14711 Install the registry hooks.
14715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14717 ;;;***
14718 \f
14719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14720 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14725 ;;;***
14726 \f
14727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14732 ;;;***
14733 \f
14734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14739 ;;;***
14740 \f
14741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14745 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14746 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14747 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14748 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14749 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14754 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14755 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14756 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14757 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14768 ;;;***
14769 \f
14770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14774 Update the format specification near point.
14778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14780 ;;;***
14781 \f
14782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14787 ;;;***
14788 \f
14789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14793 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14799 ;;;***
14800 \f
14801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14805 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14806 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14812 ;;;***
14813 \f
14814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14819 ;;;***
14820 \f
14821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14833 ;;;***
14834 \f
14835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14840 ;;;***
14841 \f
14842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14847 ;;;***
14848 \f
14849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14853 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14859 ;;;***
14860 \f
14861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14865 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14866 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14867 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14868 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14869 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14877 ;;;***
14878 \f
14879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14883 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14885 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14886 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14887 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14889 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14890 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14891 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14893 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14896 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14897 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14905 ;;;***
14906 \f
14907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14913 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14914 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14915 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14916 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14921 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14922 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14923 or to send e-mail.
14924 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14925 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14927 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14928 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14934 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14936 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14937 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14942 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14948 ;;;***
14949 \f
14950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14951 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14954 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14955 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14960 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14966 ;;;***
14967 \f
14968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14978 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14979 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14980 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14982 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14983 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14990 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14991 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15001 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
15005 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
15009 The default find program.
15010 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
15014 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
15015 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
15019 How to invoke find and grep.
15020 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
15021 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
15022 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
15023 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
15034 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
15035 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
15045 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15050 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15052 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15055 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15056 arguments.
15058 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15059 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15061 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15062 can easily repeat a grep command.
15064 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15065 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15066 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15067 list is empty).
15072 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15073 Collect output in a buffer.
15075 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15077 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15078 easily repeat a find command.
15085 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15086 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15087 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15088 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15091 before it is executed.
15094 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15095 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15096 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15103 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15104 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15105 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15106 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15109 before it is executed.
15112 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15113 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15114 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15119 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15120 to specify a command to run.
15125 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15126 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15127 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
15135 ;;;***
15136 \f
15137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
15142 ;;;***
15143 \f
15144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15148 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15149 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15150 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15151 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15152 for your debugger.
15153 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15154 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15155 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15156 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15161 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15162 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15163 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15168 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15169 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15170 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15175 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15176 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15177 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15179 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15180 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15185 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15186 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15187 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15192 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15193 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15194 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15199 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15200 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15201 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15206 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15209 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15211 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15212 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15213 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15214 original source file access method.
15216 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15217 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15222 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15227 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15228 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15229 for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15237 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15246 ;;;***
15247 \f
15248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15252 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15253 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15254 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15255 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15256 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15257 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15258 set it to.
15259 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15264 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15265 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15266 of PLACE.
15267 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15268 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15269 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15270 and SETTER.
15271 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15272 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15279 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15280 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15281 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15282 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15293 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15295 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15298 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15299 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15300 well for simple place forms.
15301 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15302 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15303 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15304 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15305 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15306 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15314 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15315 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15316 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15317 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15319 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15320 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15321 (let ((temp VAL))
15322 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15323 temp)
15324 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15329 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15330 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15331 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15332 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15333 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15340 Return a reference to PLACE.
15341 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15342 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15344 binding mode.
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15357 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15358 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15360 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15361 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15362 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15363 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15369 ;;;***
15370 \f
15371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15372 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15377 ;;;***
15378 \f
15379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15383 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15388 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15389 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15390 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15392 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15397 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15398 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15399 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15400 to be updated.
15404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15406 ;;;***
15407 \f
15408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15412 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15417 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15418 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15423 Verify a hashcash payment
15428 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15429 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15430 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15431 `mail-add-payment-async').
15436 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15437 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15438 Calculation is asynchronous.
15443 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15444 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15450 ;;;***
15451 \f
15452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15456 Return the help-echo string at point.
15457 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15458 property, or nil, is returned.
15459 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15460 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15461 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15466 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15467 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15468 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15469 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15474 Display local help in the echo area.
15475 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15476 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15477 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15478 printed instead.
15480 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15481 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15482 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15487 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15488 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15493 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15494 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15499 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15500 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15501 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15502 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15503 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15504 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15505 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15506 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15507 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15508 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15510 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15511 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15512 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15513 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15514 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15516 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15517 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15518 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15519 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15520 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15521 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15522 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15528 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15529 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15530 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15531 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15532 considered different regions.
15534 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15535 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15536 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15537 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15538 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15539 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15540 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15541 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15542 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15547 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15548 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15549 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15550 different regions.
15552 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15553 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15554 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15555 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15556 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15557 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15558 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15559 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15561 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15562 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15563 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15564 rarely happens in practice.
15569 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15570 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15571 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15572 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15573 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15579 ;;;***
15580 \f
15581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15582 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15585 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15586 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15591 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15592 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15597 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15598 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15599 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15600 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15601 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15602 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15604 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15605 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15606 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15607 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15608 suitable file is found, return nil.
15618 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15619 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15620 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15625 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15626 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15627 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15628 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15629 it is displayed along with the global value.
15634 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15635 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15636 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15637 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15638 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15643 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15644 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15645 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15650 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15651 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15652 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15653 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15658 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15663 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15669 ;;;***
15670 \f
15671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15672 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15675 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15676 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15677 window listing and describing the options.
15683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15685 ;;;***
15686 \f
15687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15691 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15692 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15693 Commands:
15699 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15704 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15711 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15712 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15713 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15716 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15718 restore it properly when going back.
15723 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15724 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15725 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15726 from `help-mode'.
15728 it does not already exist.
15733 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15735 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15736 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15737 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15738 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15739 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15740 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15741 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15742 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15744 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15745 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15746 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15747 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15749 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15750 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15751 that.
15756 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15757 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15758 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15759 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15760 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15765 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15766 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15767 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15768 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15773 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15780 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15781 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15782 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15788 ;;;***
15789 \f
15790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15794 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15799 Provide help for current mode.
15803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15805 ;;;***
15806 \f
15807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15812 ;;;***
15813 \f
15814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15819 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15820 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15821 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15823 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15824 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15827 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15828 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15829 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15831 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15832 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15833 periods.
15835 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15836 in hexl format.
15838 A sample format:
15840 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15841 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15842 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15843 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15844 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15845 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15846 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15847 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15848 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15849 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15850 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15851 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15852 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15853 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15854 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15856 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15857 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15858 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15860 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15861 also supported.
15863 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15865 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15866 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15867 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15870 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15871 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15874 into the buffer at the current point.
15877 into the buffer at the current point.
15880 into the buffer at the current point.
15884 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15885 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15894 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15895 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15896 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15901 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15902 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15908 ;;;***
15909 \f
15910 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
15911 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
15914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
15916 ;;;***
15917 \f
15918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15922 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15927 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15929 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15930 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15932 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15933 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15934 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15935 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15939 which can be called interactively, are:
15942 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15945 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15946 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15947 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15950 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15953 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15954 available face automatically.
15957 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15960 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15962 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15964 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15965 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15966 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15967 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15968 function returns t.
15971 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15973 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15974 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15975 form:
15976 Hi-lock: FOO
15978 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15979 position (number of characters into buffer)
15980 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15981 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15982 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15987 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15988 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15989 for a description of this minor mode.
15990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15997 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15998 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15999 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16000 ARG is omitted or nil.
16002 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
16003 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
16004 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
16011 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
16012 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16013 Use the global history list for FACE.
16015 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16016 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16017 highlighting will not update as you type.
16024 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
16025 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16026 Use the global history list for FACE.
16028 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16029 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16030 highlighting will not update as you type.
16037 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
16038 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16039 Use the global history list for FACE.
16041 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
16042 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
16043 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
16045 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16046 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16047 highlighting will not update as you type.
16054 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16055 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16056 unless you use a prefix argument.
16057 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16059 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16060 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16067 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16068 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16069 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16071 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16076 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16078 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16079 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16080 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16086 ;;;***
16087 \f
16088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16092 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
16094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16097 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16098 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16099 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16100 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16102 `hide-ifdef-env'
16103 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16104 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16105 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16106 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16107 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16108 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16109 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16111 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16112 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16113 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16114 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16115 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16117 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16118 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16119 #endif lines when hiding.
16121 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16122 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16123 is activated.
16125 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16126 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16127 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
16135 ;;;***
16136 \f
16137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16140 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16141 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16142 Each element has the form
16143 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16145 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16146 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16148 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16149 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16151 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16152 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16153 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16154 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16155 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16156 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16158 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16159 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16161 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16162 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16164 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16165 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16169 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16171 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16172 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16174 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16175 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16176 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16178 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16179 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16180 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16182 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16183 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16185 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16187 Key bindings:
16193 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16197 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16199 ;;;***
16200 \f
16201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16202 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16205 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16207 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16208 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16210 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16211 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16213 this on and off.
16215 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16220 through various faces.
16222 buffer with the contents of a file
16228 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16230 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16231 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16233 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16234 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16235 in a distinctive face.
16237 The default value can be customized with variable
16238 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16240 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16245 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16246 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16251 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16256 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16261 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16263 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16264 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16265 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16266 shown in the last face in the list.
16268 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16269 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16270 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16277 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16279 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16281 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16282 to save the file.
16284 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16285 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16287 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16294 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16296 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16297 this function is called interactively.
16299 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16300 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16301 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16303 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16310 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16311 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16312 for a description of this minor mode.
16313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16314 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16320 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16321 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16322 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16323 ARG is omitted or nil.
16325 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16326 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16327 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16333 ;;;***
16334 \f
16335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16339 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16340 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16341 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16347 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16348 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16349 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16350 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16351 expansions.
16352 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16354 undoes the expansion.
16359 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16360 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16361 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16367 ;;;***
16368 \f
16369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16373 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16378 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16379 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16380 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16381 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16382 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16383 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16385 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16386 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16387 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16388 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16393 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16394 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16395 for a description of this minor mode.
16396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16403 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16408 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16409 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16410 windows.
16412 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16413 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16419 ;;;***
16420 \f
16421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16438 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16439 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16446 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16447 Oriental holidays.
16455 Local holidays.
16463 User defined holidays.
16470 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16471 Jewish holidays.
16478 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16479 Christian holidays.
16486 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16487 Islamic holidays.
16494 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16495 Bahá’à holidays.
16502 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16503 Sun-related holidays.
16513 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16514 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16515 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16520 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16521 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16522 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16523 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16525 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16526 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16528 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16529 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16531 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16532 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16533 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16534 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16535 of a holiday list.
16537 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16545 ;;;***
16546 \f
16547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16552 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16553 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16554 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16555 as possible.
16557 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16558 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16559 fontified display.
16561 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16562 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16563 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16565 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16566 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16567 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16572 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16573 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16575 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16581 ;;;***
16582 \f
16583 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16584 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "file" "shell-command-" "starred-name" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mod" "print" "predicate" "content" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file" "derived-mode" "directory" "basename" "name" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "eval")))
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16592 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16595 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16597 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16598 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16599 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16601 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16602 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16603 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16604 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16605 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16606 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16608 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16609 title of the column.
16611 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16612 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16613 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16614 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16615 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16622 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16623 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16624 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16625 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16627 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16628 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16638 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16639 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16640 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16641 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16642 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16644 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16645 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16646 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16647 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16648 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16649 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16650 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16651 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16652 values are:
16653 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16654 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16655 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16656 buffer's modification flag.
16657 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16658 prompted before performing this operation.
16659 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16660 operation is complete, in the form:
16662 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16663 confirmation message, in the form:
16665 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16666 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16667 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16668 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16669 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16670 without requiring MBUF current.
16671 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16672 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16673 buffer object.
16675 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16682 Define a filter named NAME.
16683 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16684 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16685 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16687 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16688 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16689 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16690 bound to the current value of the filter.
16698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16700 ;;;***
16701 \f
16702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16706 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16707 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16708 buffers which are visiting a file.
16713 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16714 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16715 buffers which are visiting a file.
16720 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16721 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16723 All arguments are optional.
16724 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16726 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16727 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16728 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16729 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16730 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16731 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16732 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16733 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16734 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16735 that value locally in this buffer.
16740 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16741 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16747 ;;;***
16748 \f
16749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16750 ;;;;;; 0))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16755 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16756 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16757 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16762 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16763 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16764 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16765 ICAL-FILENAME.
16766 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16767 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16768 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16773 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16774 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16775 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16776 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16777 non-marking or not.
16782 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16784 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16785 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16786 DIARY-FILE.
16788 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16789 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16790 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16792 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16793 non-marking.
16795 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16796 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16797 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16809 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16810 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16811 for a description of this minor mode.
16812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16819 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16824 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16825 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16826 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16827 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16829 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16832 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16833 completions:
16843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16845 ;;;***
16846 \f
16847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16851 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16852 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16853 Tab indents for Icon code.
16854 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16855 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16857 Variables controlling indentation style:
16858 icon-tab-always-indent
16859 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16860 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16861 icon-auto-newline
16862 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16863 inserted in Icon code.
16864 icon-indent-level
16865 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16866 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16867 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16868 icon-continued-statement-offset
16869 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16870 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16871 icon-continued-brace-offset
16872 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16873 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16874 icon-brace-offset
16875 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16876 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16877 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16878 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16880 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16881 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16887 ;;;***
16888 \f
16889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16890 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16895 ;;;***
16896 \f
16897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16898 ;;;;;; 0))
16899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16903 ;;;***
16904 \f
16905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16906 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16910 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16911 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16912 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16914 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16915 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16916 separate frames.
16918 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16919 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16921 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16922 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16923 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16931 ;;;***
16932 \f
16933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16939 ;;;***
16940 \f
16941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16946 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16948 The main features of this mode are
16950 1. Indentation and Formatting
16951 --------------------------
16952 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16953 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16956 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16957 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16958 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16960 Comments are indented as follows:
16962 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16963 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16964 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16966 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16969 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16970 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16972 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16973 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16975 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16980 2. Routine Info
16981 ------------
16982 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16983 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16985 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16986 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16987 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16988 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16989 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16991 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16993 3. Online IDL Help
16994 ---------------
16997 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16998 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16999 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
17001 4. Completion
17002 ----------
17004 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
17005 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
17006 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
17007 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
17008 upper case.
17010 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
17011 --------------------------------
17012 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
17027 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
17030 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
17031 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
17034 6. Automatic Case Conversion
17035 -------------------------
17036 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
17037 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17039 7. Automatic END completion
17040 ------------------------
17041 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17042 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17044 8. Hooks
17045 -----
17046 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17047 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17049 9. Documentation and Customization
17050 -------------------------------
17051 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17053 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17054 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17055 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17056 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17058 10.Keybindings
17059 -----------
17060 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17062 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17070 ;;;***
17071 \f
17072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17076 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17077 The following values are possible:
17078 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17079 displaying...)
17080 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17081 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17082 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17090 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17091 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17092 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17093 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17094 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17095 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17096 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17097 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17102 Switch to another buffer.
17103 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17104 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17105 in another frame.
17107 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17108 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17109 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17110 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17113 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17114 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17121 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17122 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17123 in a separate window.
17137 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17138 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17139 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17144 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17145 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17146 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17151 Display a buffer preferably in another frame.
17152 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17153 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17158 Kill a buffer.
17159 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17160 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17165 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17166 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17167 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17172 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17173 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17174 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17179 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17184 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17185 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17186 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17187 in another frame.
17189 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17190 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17191 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17192 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17193 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17196 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17197 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17204 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17205 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17206 in a separate window.
17229 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17230 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17231 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17236 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17237 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17238 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17243 Find file as a replacement for the file in the next window.
17244 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17245 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17250 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17251 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17252 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17257 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17258 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17259 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17264 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17265 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17266 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17271 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17272 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17273 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17278 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17279 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17280 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17285 Write current buffer to a file.
17286 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17287 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17292 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17293 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17294 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17299 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17300 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17301 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17307 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17308 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17314 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17315 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17320 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17321 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17322 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17323 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17324 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17329 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17330 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17331 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17336 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17337 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17338 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17343 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17344 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17345 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17346 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17347 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17348 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17349 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17350 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17351 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17352 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17353 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17354 with point positioned at the end.
17355 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17356 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17358 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17362 ;;;***
17363 \f
17364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17368 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17369 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17370 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17376 ;;;***
17377 \f
17378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17383 ;;;***
17384 \f
17385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17386 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17391 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17401 ;;;***
17402 \f
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17407 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17408 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17409 be determined.
17414 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17415 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17416 be determined.
17421 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17422 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17423 be determined.
17428 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17429 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17430 be determined.
17435 Determine and return image type.
17436 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17437 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17438 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17439 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17440 use its file extension as image type.
17441 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17446 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17447 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17452 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17453 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17455 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17456 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17457 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17458 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17459 must be available.
17464 Create an image.
17465 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17466 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17467 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17468 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17469 use its file extension as image type.
17470 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17471 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17472 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17473 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17475 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17477 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17479 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17484 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17485 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17486 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17487 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17488 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17489 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17490 POS may be an integer or marker.
17491 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17492 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17493 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17494 means display it in the right marginal area.
17499 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17500 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17501 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17502 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17503 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17504 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17505 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17506 means display it in the right marginal area.
17507 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17508 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17509 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17510 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17511 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17516 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17517 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17518 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17519 STRING is a single space.
17520 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17521 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17522 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17523 means display it in the right marginal area.
17524 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17529 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17530 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17531 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17536 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17538 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17540 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17541 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17542 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17543 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17544 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17545 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17546 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17547 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17548 satisfied.
17550 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17552 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17557 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17559 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17560 documentation string.
17562 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17563 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17564 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17565 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17566 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17567 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17568 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17569 define SYMBOL.
17571 Example:
17581 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17582 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17583 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17585 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17586 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17587 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17588 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17590 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17596 ;;;***
17597 \f
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17603 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17604 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17605 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17606 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17607 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17612 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17614 Convenience command that:
17616 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17617 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17618 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17620 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17621 image files in dired and type
17624 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17626 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17627 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17632 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17633 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17634 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17635 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17636 another one).
17638 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17639 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17640 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17642 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17643 instead of erasing it first.
17645 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17646 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17647 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17648 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17649 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17650 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17655 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17656 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17657 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17658 displayed.
17667 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17672 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17673 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17678 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17683 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17684 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17685 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17689 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17692 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17697 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17702 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17707 Display current image file.
17708 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17709 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17714 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17719 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17720 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17721 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17722 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17723 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17724 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17729 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17730 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17731 easy-to-use form.
17735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17737 ;;;***
17738 \f
17739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17742 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17743 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17744 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17745 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17747 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17748 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17749 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17755 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17756 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17757 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17759 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17760 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17761 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17767 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17772 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17773 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17774 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17779 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17780 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17781 for a description of this minor mode.
17782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17789 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17794 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17795 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17796 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17802 ;;;***
17803 \f
17804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17808 Major mode for image files.
17809 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17810 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17812 Key bindings:
17818 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17824 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17825 actual image.
17830 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17831 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17832 displays an image file as text.
17841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17843 ;;;***
17844 \f
17845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17850 ;;;***
17851 \f
17852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17853 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17856 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17858 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17860 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17861 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17862 in the buffer.
17864 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17866 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17867 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17873 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17874 Each element of this list should have the form
17876 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17878 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17879 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17880 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17881 matches are put).
17882 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17883 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17884 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17885 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17886 another element.
17887 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17888 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17889 the menu item.
17890 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17891 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17892 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17893 the ARGUMENTS.
17895 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17896 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17897 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17899 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17900 create a buffer index.
17902 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17903 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17911 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17913 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17914 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17915 called within a `save-excursion'.
17922 Function for finding the next index position.
17924 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17925 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17926 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17927 file.
17929 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17935 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17937 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17938 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17944 Function to compare string with index item.
17946 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17947 non-nil if they match.
17949 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17950 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17957 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17968 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17969 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17970 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17977 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17982 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17983 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17984 for more information.
17988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17990 ;;;***
17991 \f
17992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17996 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
18016 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
18020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
18022 ;;;***
18023 \f
18024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
18028 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
18029 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
18030 to that buffer.
18031 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
18032 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
18033 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
18040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
18042 ;;;***
18043 \f
18044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
18047 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
18048 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
18049 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
18050 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
18051 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
18052 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
18053 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
18054 first in this list.
18056 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
18057 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18058 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
18059 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
18060 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
18062 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
18063 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
18064 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
18067 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18073 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18074 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18075 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18076 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18078 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18079 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18080 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18081 with the top-level Info directory.
18083 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18084 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18088 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18089 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18090 in all the directories in that path.
18092 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18097 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18107 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18108 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18114 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18115 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18116 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18121 Go to the Info directory node.
18126 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18127 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18128 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18130 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18135 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18136 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18141 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18142 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18143 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18144 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18149 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18151 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18152 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18157 Selecting other nodes:
18159 Follow a node reference you click on.
18160 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18162 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18167 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18177 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18181 Moving within a node:
18183 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18184 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18185 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18186 move up to the parent node.
18188 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18189 if there is none.
18192 Advanced commands:
18194 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18195 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18196 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18198 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18202 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18203 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18204 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18208 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18214 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18215 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18216 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18217 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18218 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18224 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18225 KEY is a string.
18226 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18227 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18228 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18229 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18234 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18235 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18240 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18241 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18246 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18247 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18248 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18249 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18250 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18262 Throw away all cached data.
18263 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18264 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18265 system.
18271 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18272 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18273 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18274 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18275 one found at point.
18277 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18283 Display the documentation of a file.
18284 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18285 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18286 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18287 The default file name is the one found at point.
18289 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18294 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18299 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18305 ;;;***
18306 \f
18307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18308 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18312 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18313 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18314 current info file is the default.
18316 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18317 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18318 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18319 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18320 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18322 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18323 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18324 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18325 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18326 mistake in the reference.
18328 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18329 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18330 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18333 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18334 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18335 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18340 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18341 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18342 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18343 checked.
18347 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18348 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18349 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18350 should be harmless.
18355 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18356 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18357 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18359 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18360 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18361 and can take a long time.
18366 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18367 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18369 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18371 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18372 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18374 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18376 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18377 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18378 all builtins).
18380 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18381 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18382 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18383 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18384 the sources handy.
18388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18390 ;;;***
18391 \f
18392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18396 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18406 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18407 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18408 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18410 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18411 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18412 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18414 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18415 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18416 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18417 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18422 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18423 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18428 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18429 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18430 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18437 ;;;***
18438 \f
18439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18453 ;;;***
18454 \f
18455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18460 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18461 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18467 ;;;***
18468 \f
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18470 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18474 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18479 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18490 ;;;***
18491 \f
18492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18497 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18498 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18499 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18500 accessed via isearchb.
18504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18506 ;;;***
18507 \f
18508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18509 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18517 ;;;;;; 0))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18521 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18522 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18523 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18524 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18529 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18530 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18531 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18532 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18537 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18538 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18539 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18540 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18545 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18546 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18547 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18548 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18553 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18554 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18555 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18556 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18561 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18562 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18563 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18564 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18569 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18570 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18571 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18572 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18577 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18579 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18584 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18586 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18591 Warn that format is read-only.
18596 Warn that format is write-only.
18601 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18607 ;;;***
18608 \f
18609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18610 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18617 ;;;***
18618 \f
18619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18625 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18637 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18639 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18641 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18643 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18644 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18645 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18646 Valid forms include:
18647 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18648 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18649 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18652 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18653 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18654 First list is used raw.
18657 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18660 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18661 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18662 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18663 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18669 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18670 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18671 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18673 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18674 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18675 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18676 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18677 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18679 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18680 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18682 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18683 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18685 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18686 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18691 Return values:
18692 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18693 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18696 quit spell session exited.
18701 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18702 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18707 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18709 Selections are:
18711 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18712 SPC: Accept word this time.
18713 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18714 `a': Accept word for this session.
18715 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18716 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18717 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18718 `?': Show these commands.
18719 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18720 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18721 the aborted check to be completed later.
18722 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18723 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18724 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18725 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18726 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18727 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18728 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18733 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18734 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18735 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18740 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18744 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18749 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18750 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18751 amount for last line processed.
18756 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18761 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18766 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18767 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18772 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18777 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18778 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18779 sequence inside of a word.
18781 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18786 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18791 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18792 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18793 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18795 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18796 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18797 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18798 available on the net.
18803 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18808 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18809 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18810 spelled.
18812 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18814 SPC.
18817 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18822 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18823 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18824 Don't check included messages.
18826 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18827 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18828 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18830 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18831 in your init file:
18837 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18838 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18845 ;;;***
18846 \f
18847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18848 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18853 ;;;***
18854 \f
18855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18856 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18861 ;;;***
18862 \f
18863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18864 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18873 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18874 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18875 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18876 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18877 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18878 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18879 necessary to represent OBJ.
18884 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18885 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18886 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18891 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18892 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18893 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18894 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18899 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18900 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18901 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18906 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18907 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18908 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18913 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18918 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18919 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18920 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18921 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18926 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18927 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18928 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18929 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18934 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18935 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18941 ;;;***
18942 \f
18943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18944 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18947 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18948 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18957 Uninstall jka-compr.
18958 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18959 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18960 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18966 ;;;***
18967 \f
18968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18973 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18978 Major mode for editing JSX.
18980 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18981 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18982 locally, like so:
18984 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18985 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18991 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18995 ;;;***
18996 \f
18997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
19003 ;;;***
19004 \f
19005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19006 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
19008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
19010 ;;;***
19011 \f
19012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
19013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
19016 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19017 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19023 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
19024 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19030 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19031 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19037 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19038 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19044 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
19045 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
19046 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
19047 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
19048 keys are bound.
19050 Setup Binding
19051 -------------------------------------------------------------
19052 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
19053 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
19054 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
19055 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
19056 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
19057 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
19058 in the global and local keymaps.
19060 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
19061 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
19065 ;;;***
19066 \f
19067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19068 ;;;;;; 0))
19069 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19072 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19073 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19075 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19076 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19077 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19078 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19079 shorter.
19081 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19082 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19083 the context of text formatting.
19087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19095 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19096 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19097 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19098 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19102 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19103 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19104 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19105 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19106 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19107 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19113 ;;;***
19114 \f
19115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19121 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19122 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19123 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19125 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19126 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19127 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19129 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19131 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19132 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19133 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19137 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19140 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19141 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19143 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19144 defining the macro.
19147 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19155 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19156 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19160 under that name.
19162 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19163 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19164 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19170 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19171 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19173 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19174 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19175 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19176 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19178 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
19181 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19183 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19184 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19185 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19187 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
19188 macro.
19191 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19193 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
19195 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
19200 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19202 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19203 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19204 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19207 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19209 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19210 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19211 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19212 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19214 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19217 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19219 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19220 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19221 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19223 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19227 ;;;***
19228 \f
19229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19230 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19233 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19234 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19237 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19240 \(fn)" nil nil)
19242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19244 ;;;***
19245 \f
19246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19249 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19252 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19254 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19255 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19256 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19257 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19258 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19259 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19261 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19262 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19264 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19266 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19267 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19269 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19271 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19274 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19276 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19283 ;;;***
19284 \f
19285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19286 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19289 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19292 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19294 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19296 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19297 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19298 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19300 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19302 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19303 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19304 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19306 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19308 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19311 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19313 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19317 ;;;***
19318 \f
19319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19323 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19324 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19325 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19326 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19327 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19328 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19329 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19330 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19332 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19333 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19338 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19340 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19341 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19342 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19343 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19344 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19345 `latin1-display-setup'.
19347 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19349 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19350 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19351 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19352 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19357 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19361 ;;;***
19362 \f
19363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19364 ;;;;;; 0))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19367 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19368 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19370 \(fn)" t nil)
19372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19374 ;;;***
19375 \f
19376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19381 ;;;***
19382 \f
19383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19384 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19392 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19394 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19396 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19397 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19398 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19399 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19401 For instance, the following code
19403 (let-alist alist
19404 (if (and .title .body)
19405 .body
19406 .site
19407 .site.contents))
19409 essentially expands to
19415 (if (and .title .body)
19416 .body
19417 .site
19418 .site.contents))
19420 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19421 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19422 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19423 displayed in the example above.
19425 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19427 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19431 ;;;***
19432 \f
19433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19436 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19437 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19438 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19439 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19440 generations (this defaults to 1).
19442 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19446 ;;;***
19447 \f
19448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19450 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19452 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19453 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19455 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19456 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19458 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19462 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19463 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19464 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19465 for a description of this minor mode.
19466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19468 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19470 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19472 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19473 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19474 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19475 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19476 ARG is omitted or nil.
19478 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19479 `linum-on' would do it.
19480 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19486 ;;;***
19487 \f
19488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19489 ;;;;;; 0))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19494 ;;;***
19495 \f
19496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19497 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19499 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19500 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19501 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19502 is nil, raise an error.
19504 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19505 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19506 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19507 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19508 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19509 defined by the library.
19511 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19512 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19513 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19514 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19515 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19516 proceeds.
19518 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19519 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19520 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19521 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19523 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19527 ;;;***
19528 \f
19529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19532 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19533 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19536 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19538 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19539 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19540 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19541 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19543 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19544 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19545 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19546 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19547 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19548 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19549 the version.)
19551 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19552 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19554 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19555 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19557 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19558 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19560 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19562 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19563 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19564 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19565 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19566 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19567 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19568 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19569 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19570 to constrain a big search.
19572 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19574 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19575 except that FILTER is not optional.
19577 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19581 ;;;***
19582 \f
19583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19586 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19587 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19588 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19590 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19591 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19592 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19595 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19597 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19598 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19599 associated values:
19600 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19601 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19602 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19603 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19604 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19606 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19607 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19608 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19610 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19614 ;;;***
19615 \f
19616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19619 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19620 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19622 \(fn)" t nil)
19624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19626 ;;;***
19627 \f
19628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19631 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19632 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19634 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19637 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19638 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19639 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19641 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19642 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19644 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19649 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19652 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19654 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19655 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19656 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19657 switch on this list.
19658 See `lpr-command'.")
19660 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19662 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19663 Name of program for printing a file.
19665 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19666 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19667 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19668 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19669 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19670 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19671 argument.")
19673 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19675 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19676 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19677 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19678 for customization of the printer command.
19680 \(fn)" t nil)
19682 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19683 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19685 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19686 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19687 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19688 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19690 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19691 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19693 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19694 for further customization of the printer command.
19696 \(fn)" t nil)
19698 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19699 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19700 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19701 for customization of the printer command.
19703 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19705 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19706 Paginate and print the region contents.
19708 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19709 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19710 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19711 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19713 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19714 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19716 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19717 for further customization of the printer command.
19719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19723 ;;;***
19724 \f
19725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19726 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19728 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19729 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19730 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19732 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19736 ;;;***
19737 \f
19738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19741 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19742 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19743 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19744 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19750 ;;;***
19751 \f
19752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19755 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19756 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19758 \(fn)" t nil)
19760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19762 ;;;***
19763 \f
19764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19767 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19768 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19769 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19770 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19773 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19775 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19776 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19777 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19778 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19779 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19781 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19782 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19783 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19784 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19785 bindings.
19787 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19788 use this command, and then save the file.
19790 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19792 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19793 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19794 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19795 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19796 each time the macro executes.
19797 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19805 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19807 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19808 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19809 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19810 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19812 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19813 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19814 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19815 execute.
19817 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19818 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19820 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19821 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19822 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19823 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19826 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19827 looked like this:
19833 You could enter the names in this format:
19835 foo
19836 bar
19837 baz
19839 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19845 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19848 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19849 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19851 ;;;***
19852 \f
19853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19856 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19857 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19858 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19859 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19860 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19861 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19863 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19864 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19865 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19866 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19867 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19869 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19870 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19871 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19872 consing a string.)
19874 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19876 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19877 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19879 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19883 ;;;***
19884 \f
19885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19888 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19889 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19891 \(fn)" nil nil)
19893 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19896 \(fn)" nil nil)
19898 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19899 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19901 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19903 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19904 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19905 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19906 message.
19908 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19910 \(fn)" nil nil)
19912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19914 ;;;***
19915 \f
19916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19921 ;;;***
19922 \f
19923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19928 ;;;***
19929 \f
19930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19931 ;;;;;; 0))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19936 ;;;***
19937 \f
19938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19941 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19942 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19943 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19944 often correct parser.")
19946 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19948 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19949 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19950 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19951 a value which excludes your own email address.
19953 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19954 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19956 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19958 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19959 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19961 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19963 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19965 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19966 we return it unconverted.
19968 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19969 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19971 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19973 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19975 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19976 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19978 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19980 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19982 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19983 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19985 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19987 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19989 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19990 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19991 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19992 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19993 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19994 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19995 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19996 as Rmail does.
19998 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
20000 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
20001 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
20002 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
20003 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
20004 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
20005 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
20006 matches may be returned from the message body.
20008 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
20010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
20012 ;;;***
20013 \f
20014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
20015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
20017 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
20018 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
20019 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
20020 for a description of this minor mode.
20021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20023 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
20025 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
20027 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
20028 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
20029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
20030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20033 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
20034 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
20035 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
20036 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20040 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
20041 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
20043 \(fn)" nil nil)
20045 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
20046 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
20047 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20049 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
20051 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
20052 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
20053 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
20055 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
20056 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
20057 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
20058 double-quotes.
20060 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20069 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20071 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20072 king@grassland.com
20073 If `parens', they look like:
20074 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20075 If `angles', they look like:
20076 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20078 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20080 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20081 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20082 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20083 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
20084 their `Resent-' variants.
20086 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20087 removed from alias expansions.
20089 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20091 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20092 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20093 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20095 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20096 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20097 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20098 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20100 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20102 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20103 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20104 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20106 \(fn)" nil nil)
20108 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20109 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20110 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20111 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20113 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20115 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
20119 ;;;***
20120 \f
20121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20126 ;;;***
20127 \f
20128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20131 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20132 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20133 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20134 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20136 \(fn)" nil nil)
20138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20140 ;;;***
20141 \f
20142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20147 ;;;***
20148 \f
20149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20154 ;;;***
20155 \f
20156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20157 ;;;;;; 0))
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20160 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20161 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20163 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20164 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20165 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20166 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20167 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20168 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20170 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20171 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20172 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20173 dependency, despite the colon.
20177 In the browser, use the following keys:
20181 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20183 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20184 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20186 `makefile-target-colon':
20187 The string that gets appended to all target names
20188 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20191 `makefile-macro-assign':
20192 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20193 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20195 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20196 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20199 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20200 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20201 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20203 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20204 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20206 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20207 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20208 up or down in the browser.
20210 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20211 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20213 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20214 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20216 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20217 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20218 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20219 has been selected in the browser.
20221 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20222 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20223 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20224 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20225 filenames are omitted.
20227 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20228 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20229 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20230 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20231 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20232 the backslash itself intact.
20233 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20236 `makefile-browser-hook':
20237 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20238 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20240 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20241 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20242 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20243 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20245 \(fn)" t nil)
20247 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20248 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20252 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20253 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20257 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20258 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20260 \(fn)" t nil)
20262 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20263 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20265 \(fn)" t nil)
20267 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20268 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20270 \(fn)" t nil)
20272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20281 ;;;***
20282 \f
20283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20284 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20286 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20287 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20288 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20290 \(fn)" t nil)
20292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20294 ;;;***
20295 \f
20296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20299 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20301 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20302 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20303 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20304 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20305 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20306 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20307 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20308 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20309 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20310 without running the man command.
20312 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20316 cat(1)
20317 1 cat
20319 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20321 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20322 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20324 -a chmod
20326 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20327 otherwise look like a page name.
20329 /my/file/name.1.gz
20330 -l somefile.1
20333 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20336 -k pattern
20338 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20341 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20343 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20345 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20346 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20348 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20352 ;;;***
20353 \f
20354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20363 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20371 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20373 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20374 Toggle Master mode.
20375 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20376 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20377 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20379 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20380 using the following commands:
20384 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20385 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20386 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20392 ;;;***
20393 \f
20394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20395 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20397 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20398 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20399 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20400 for a description of this minor mode.
20401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20403 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20405 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20407 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20408 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20410 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20411 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20413 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20414 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20415 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20416 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20422 ;;;***
20423 \f
20424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20426 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20430 ;;;***
20431 \f
20432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20435 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20437 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20438 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20440 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20441 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20442 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20443 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20444 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20445 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20446 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20447 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20449 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20450 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20451 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20452 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20454 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20455 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20456 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20457 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20458 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20459 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20460 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20461 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20462 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20463 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20464 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20465 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20466 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20467 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20468 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20469 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20470 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20471 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20472 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20473 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20474 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20476 \(fn)" t nil)
20478 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20479 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20480 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20481 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20482 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20484 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20486 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20487 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20489 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20491 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20492 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20494 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20496 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20499 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20501 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20502 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20503 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20505 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20507 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20508 Cancel an article you posted.
20509 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20513 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20514 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20515 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20516 header line with the old Message-ID.
20518 \(fn)" t nil)
20520 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20521 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20523 \(fn)" t nil)
20525 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20526 Forward the current message via mail.
20527 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20528 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20530 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20535 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20537 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20540 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20542 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20543 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20545 \(fn)" t nil)
20547 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20548 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20550 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20552 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20553 Re-mail the current message.
20554 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20555 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20556 you.
20558 \(fn)" t nil)
20560 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20561 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20563 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20565 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20566 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20568 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20571 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20573 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20575 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20576 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20578 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20580 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20581 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20582 Works by overstriking characters.
20583 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20584 which specify the range to operate on.
20586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20588 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20589 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20590 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20591 which specify the range to operate on.
20593 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20597 ;;;***
20598 \f
20599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20600 ;;;;;; 0))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20602 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20604 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20605 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20607 \(fn)" t nil)
20609 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20610 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20612 \(fn)" t nil)
20614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20616 ;;;***
20617 \f
20618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20621 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20622 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20623 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20625 \(fn)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20628 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20629 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20630 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20631 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20632 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20633 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20635 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20638 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20639 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20640 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20641 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20642 means current).
20643 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20644 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20646 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20648 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20649 Process current region through `metamail'.
20650 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20651 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20652 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20653 means current).
20654 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20655 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20657 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20661 ;;;***
20662 \f
20663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "defun-mh" "defmacro-mh")))
20668 ;;;***
20669 \f
20670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20682 ;;;***
20683 \f
20684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20687 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20688 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20689 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20691 \(fn)" t nil)
20693 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20694 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20695 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20697 \(fn)" t nil)
20699 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20700 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20702 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20703 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20706 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20707 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20709 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20710 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20714 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20716 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20717 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20718 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20719 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20720 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20721 as `compose-mail'.
20723 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20724 initial Subject field, respectively.
20726 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20727 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20728 are strings.
20730 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20731 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20733 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20735 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20736 Save draft and send message.
20738 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20739 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20743 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20744 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20745 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20747 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20748 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20749 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20750 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20751 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20752 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20755 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20757 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20758 message and scan line.
20760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20762 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20763 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20765 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20766 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20768 delete the draft message.
20770 \(fn)" t nil)
20772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20774 ;;;***
20775 \f
20776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20781 ;;;***
20782 \f
20783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20785 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20787 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20789 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20791 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20793 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20794 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20796 \(fn)" t nil)
20798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "defgroup-mh" "defcustom-mh" "defface-mh")))
20800 ;;;***
20801 \f
20802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20805 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20806 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20807 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20809 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20810 the MH mail system.
20812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20814 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20815 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20816 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20818 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20819 the MH mail system.
20821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20823 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20826 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20827 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20828 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20829 separate command.
20831 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20833 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20834 format.
20836 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20838 Ranges
20839 ======
20840 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20841 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20842 can be used in several ways.
20845 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20846 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20847 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20848 page):
20850 <num1>-<num2>
20851 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20852 The range must be nonempty.
20854 <num>:N
20855 <num>:+N
20856 <num>:-N
20857 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20858 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20859 last.
20861 first:N
20862 prev:N
20863 next:N
20864 last:N
20865 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20867 all
20868 All of the messages.
20870 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20871 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20873 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20874 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20875 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20879 \(fn)" t nil)
20881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20883 ;;;***
20884 \f
20885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20890 ;;;***
20891 \f
20892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20893 ;;;;;; 0))
20894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20898 ;;;***
20899 \f
20900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20905 ;;;***
20906 \f
20907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20912 ;;;***
20913 \f
20914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20919 ;;;***
20920 \f
20921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20926 ;;;***
20927 \f
20928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20933 ;;;***
20934 \f
20935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20940 ;;;***
20941 \f
20942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20947 ;;;***
20948 \f
20949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20954 ;;;***
20955 \f
20956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20961 ;;;***
20962 \f
20963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20968 ;;;***
20969 \f
20970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20975 ;;;***
20976 \f
20977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20982 ;;;***
20983 \f
20984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20985 ;;;;;; 0))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20990 ;;;***
20991 \f
20992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20997 ;;;***
20998 \f
20999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
21000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
21002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
21004 ;;;***
21005 \f
21006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mhtml-mode" "textmodes/mhtml-mode.el" (0 0
21007 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21008 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/mhtml-mode.el
21010 (autoload 'mhtml-mode "mhtml-mode" "\
21011 Major mode based on `html-mode', but works with embedded JS and CSS.
21013 Code inside a <script> element is indented using the rules from
21014 `js-mode'; and code inside a <style> element is indented using
21015 the rules from `css-mode'.
21017 \(fn)" t nil)
21019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mhtml-mode" '("mhtml-")))
21021 ;;;***
21022 \f
21023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
21024 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
21026 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
21027 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
21028 See the `midnight-mode' command
21029 for a description of this minor mode.
21030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21032 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
21034 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
21036 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
21037 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
21039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
21042 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
21043 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
21044 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
21045 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
21046 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
21047 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
21048 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
21049 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
21050 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
21053 \(fn)" t nil)
21055 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
21056 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
21057 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
21058 to its second argument TM.
21060 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
21062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
21064 ;;;***
21065 \f
21066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
21067 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
21069 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
21070 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
21071 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
21072 for a description of this minor mode.
21073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21075 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
21077 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
21079 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
21080 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
21081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
21082 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
21083 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21085 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21086 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21087 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21088 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21089 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21090 is modified to remove the default indication.
21092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21096 ;;;***
21097 \f
21098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21099 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21101 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21102 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21103 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21104 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21105 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21109 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21110 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21111 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21112 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21113 Ignores CHAR at point.
21115 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21118 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21120 \(fn)" t nil)
21122 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21123 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21125 \(fn)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21128 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21133 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21134 With argument, do this that many times.
21136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21139 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21140 With argument, do this that many times.
21142 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21145 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21146 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21147 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21148 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21149 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21150 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21151 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21152 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21154 \(fn)" t nil)
21156 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21157 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21158 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21159 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21160 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21161 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21163 The return value is always nil.
21165 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21169 ;;;***
21170 \f
21171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21173 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21175 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21176 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21178 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21179 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21180 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21181 next occurrence.
21183 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21184 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21185 end of the search space).
21187 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21188 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21189 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21190 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21191 should return the previous buffer to search.
21193 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21194 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21195 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21197 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21198 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21199 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21200 Isearch starts.")
21202 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21203 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21204 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21206 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21207 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21208 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21210 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21211 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21213 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21214 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21215 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21217 \(fn)" nil nil)
21219 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21220 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21221 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21222 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21223 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21224 whose names match the specified regexp.
21226 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21228 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21229 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21230 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21231 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21232 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21233 whose names match the specified regexp.
21235 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21237 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21238 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21239 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21240 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21241 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21242 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21243 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21245 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21248 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21249 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21250 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21251 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21252 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21253 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21255 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
21259 ;;;***
21260 \f
21261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21262 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21264 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21266 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21267 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21273 ;;;***
21274 \f
21275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21280 ;;;***
21281 \f
21282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21287 ;;;***
21288 \f
21289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21294 ;;;***
21295 \f
21296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21299 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21300 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21306 ;;;***
21307 \f
21308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21311 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21312 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21314 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21316 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21317 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21318 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21319 the entire message.
21320 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21322 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21326 ;;;***
21327 \f
21328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21331 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21332 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21333 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21334 the entire message.
21335 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21337 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21341 ;;;***
21342 \f
21343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21346 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21347 Insert file contents of URL.
21348 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21350 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21352 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21353 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21355 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21366 ;;;***
21367 \f
21368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21371 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21372 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21373 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21374 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21375 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21377 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21379 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21380 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21381 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21383 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21387 ;;;***
21388 \f
21389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21394 ;;;***
21395 \f
21396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21399 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21400 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21402 \(fn)" nil nil)
21404 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21405 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21406 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21410 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21412 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21413 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21417 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21418 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21419 will be computed and used.
21421 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21425 ;;;***
21426 \f
21427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21432 ;;;***
21433 \f
21434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21439 ;;;***
21440 \f
21441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21444 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21447 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21449 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21452 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21456 ;;;***
21457 \f
21458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21461 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21464 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21466 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21469 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21471 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21474 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21476 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21479 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21481 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21484 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21486 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21489 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21491 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21494 \(fn)" nil nil)
21496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21498 ;;;***
21499 \f
21500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21503 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21507 ;;;***
21508 \f
21509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21512 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21514 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21515 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21516 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21517 followed by the first character of the construct.
21534 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21535 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21536 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21538 \(fn)" t nil)
21540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21542 ;;;***
21543 \f
21544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21547 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21548 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21550 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21552 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21553 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21555 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21557 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21558 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21560 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21562 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21563 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21565 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21569 ;;;***
21570 \f
21571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21576 ;;;***
21577 \f
21578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21581 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21585 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21586 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21588 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21589 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21590 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21593 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21595 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21596 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21597 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21598 hemisphere you're in.)
21600 To test this function, evaluate:
21603 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21608 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21611 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21612 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21613 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21616 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21618 To test this function, evaluate:
21621 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21625 ;;;***
21626 \f
21627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21630 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21631 Main entry point for MPC.
21633 \(fn)" t nil)
21635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21637 ;;;***
21638 \f
21639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21642 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21643 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21649 ;;;***
21650 \f
21651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21654 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21655 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21656 See the `msb-mode' command
21657 for a description of this minor mode.
21658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21660 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21662 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21664 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21665 Toggle Msb mode.
21666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21667 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21668 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21670 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21671 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21677 ;;;***
21678 \f
21679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21687 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21688 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21690 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21691 Display a list of all character sets.
21693 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21694 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21695 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21696 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21697 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21699 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21700 but still shows the full information.
21702 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21705 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21706 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21708 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21709 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21710 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21711 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21712 meanings of these arguments.
21714 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21716 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21717 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21719 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21722 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21724 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21727 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21729 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21732 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21735 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21736 in place of `..':
21737 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21738 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21739 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21740 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21741 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21742 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21743 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21744 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21745 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21746 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21747 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21748 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21749 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21750 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21751 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21752 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21756 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21757 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21762 Display a list of all coding systems.
21763 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21765 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21766 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21770 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21771 Display a list of all coding categories.
21773 \(fn)" nil nil)
21775 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21776 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21777 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21779 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21781 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21782 Display information about FONTSET.
21783 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21785 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21787 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21788 Display a list of all fontsets.
21789 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21790 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21791 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21793 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21796 Display information about all input methods.
21798 \(fn)" t nil)
21800 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21801 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21803 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21804 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21805 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21806 system which uses fontsets).
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21811 Show log of font listing and opening.
21812 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21813 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21815 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21819 ;;;***
21820 \f
21821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21822 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21823 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21825 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21826 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21828 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21830 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21831 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21832 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21833 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21834 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21835 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21836 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21838 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21839 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21840 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21841 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21842 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21843 middle of a character in STR.
21845 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21846 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21848 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21849 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21850 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21851 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21852 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21854 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21856 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21857 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21859 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21860 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21861 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21863 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21864 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21865 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21867 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21868 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21869 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21870 are considered.
21871 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21872 longer than KEYSEQ.
21873 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21875 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21878 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21879 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21880 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21881 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21882 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21883 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21884 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21885 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21886 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21887 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21889 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21891 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21892 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21894 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21896 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21897 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21899 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21901 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21902 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21904 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21906 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21907 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21909 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21911 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21912 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21913 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21914 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21915 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21917 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21918 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21920 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21921 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21922 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21923 coding systems ordered by priority.
21925 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21927 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21929 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21930 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21931 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21932 language environment LANG-ENV.
21934 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21936 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21937 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21938 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21939 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21940 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21941 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21943 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21945 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21946 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21947 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21948 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21949 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21950 QUALITY can be:
21951 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21952 excessive work.
21953 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21954 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
21955 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21957 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21959 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21960 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21961 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21962 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21963 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21964 QUALITY can be:
21965 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21966 excessive work.
21967 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21968 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
21969 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21971 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mwheel-" "mouse-wheel-")))
21982 ;;;***
21983 \f
21984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21987 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21988 Run `ifconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
21990 \(fn)" t nil)
21992 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21993 Run `iwconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
21995 \(fn)" t nil)
21997 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21998 Run `netstat-program' and display diagnostic output.
22000 \(fn)" t nil)
22002 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
22003 Run `arp-program' and display diagnostic output.
22005 \(fn)" t nil)
22007 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
22008 Run `route-program' and display diagnostic output.
22010 \(fn)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
22013 Run `traceroute-program' for TARGET.
22015 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
22017 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
22018 Ping HOST.
22019 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
22020 `ping-program-options'.
22022 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
22025 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22026 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22027 DNS resolution.
22028 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22030 This command uses `nslookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22032 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
22035 Run `nslookup-program'.
22037 \(fn)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
22040 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22041 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22042 DNS resolution.
22043 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22045 This command uses `dns-lookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22047 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22049 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
22050 Look up DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22051 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22052 DNS resolution.
22053 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22055 This command uses `dig-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22057 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22059 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
22060 Run `ftp-program' to connect to HOST.
22062 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22064 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
22065 Finger USER on HOST.
22066 This command uses `finger-X.500-host-regexps'
22067 and `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22069 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
22071 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
22072 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
22073 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
22074 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
22075 The port is deduced from `network-connection-service-alist'.
22077 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
22079 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
22082 \(fn)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
22085 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
22086 This command uses `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22088 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
22090 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
22091 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
22093 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
22095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
22097 ;;;***
22098 \f
22099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22102 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22103 Return a user name/password pair.
22104 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22105 listed in the PORTS list.
22107 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22111 ;;;***
22112 \f
22113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22114 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22117 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22118 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22119 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22120 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22121 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22122 closes it.
22124 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22125 make it unique.
22126 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22127 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22128 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22129 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22130 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22131 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22133 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22134 values:
22136 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22137 nil or `network'
22138 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22139 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22140 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22141 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22142 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22143 an unencrypted connection.
22144 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22145 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22146 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22147 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22148 returned object is a killed process.
22149 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22150 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22151 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22153 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22154 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22155 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22156 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22157 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22158 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22159 or nil if none could be found.
22160 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22161 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22163 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22165 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22166 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22167 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22169 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22170 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22173 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22174 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22177 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22178 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22179 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22180 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22182 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22183 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22185 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22186 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22187 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22188 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22189 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22190 or STARTTLS connections.
22192 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22193 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22195 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22196 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22198 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22199 a greeting from the server.
22201 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22202 asynchronously, if possible.
22204 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22205 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22208 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22209 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22210 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22211 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22212 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22214 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22216 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22220 ;;;***
22221 \f
22222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22223 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22226 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22227 Check whether newsticker is running.
22228 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22229 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22231 \(fn)" nil nil)
22233 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22234 Start the newsticker.
22235 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22236 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22237 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22238 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22240 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22244 ;;;***
22245 \f
22246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22247 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22250 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22251 Start newsticker plainview.
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22260 ;;;;;; 0))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22263 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22264 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22266 \(fn)" t nil)
22268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22270 ;;;***
22271 \f
22272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22273 ;;;;;; 0))
22274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22276 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22277 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22278 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22279 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22280 empty.
22282 \(fn)" nil nil)
22284 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22285 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22286 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22287 running already.
22289 \(fn)" t nil)
22291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22293 ;;;***
22294 \f
22295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22296 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22299 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22300 Start newsticker treeview.
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22306 ;;;***
22307 \f
22308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22313 ;;;***
22314 \f
22315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22320 ;;;***
22321 \f
22322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22327 ;;;***
22328 \f
22329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22332 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22333 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22335 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22339 ;;;***
22340 \f
22341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22346 ;;;***
22347 \f
22348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22351 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22352 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22353 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22354 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22355 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22356 symbol in the alist.
22358 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22362 ;;;***
22363 \f
22364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22369 ;;;***
22370 \f
22371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22381 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22382 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22383 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22385 \(fn)" t nil)
22387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22389 ;;;***
22390 \f
22391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22396 ;;;***
22397 \f
22398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22403 ;;;***
22404 \f
22405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22410 ;;;***
22411 \f
22412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22417 ;;;***
22418 \f
22419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22424 ;;;***
22425 \f
22426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22445 ;;;***
22446 \f
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22452 ;;;***
22453 \f
22454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22457 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22458 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22460 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22464 ;;;***
22465 \f
22466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22471 ;;;***
22472 \f
22473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "defvoo" "deffoo")))
22478 ;;;***
22479 \f
22480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22492 ;;;***
22493 \f
22494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22499 ;;;***
22500 \f
22501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22506 ;;;***
22507 \f
22508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22513 ;;;***
22514 \f
22515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22520 ;;;***
22521 \f
22522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22527 ;;;***
22528 \f
22529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22530 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22532 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22534 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22535 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22536 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22538 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22541 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22543 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22544 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22545 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22546 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22547 to future sessions.
22549 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22551 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22552 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22553 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22554 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22555 future sessions.
22557 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22561 ;;;***
22562 \f
22563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22564 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22567 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22568 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22570 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22571 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22572 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22574 \(fn)" t nil)
22576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22578 ;;;***
22579 \f
22580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22585 ;;;***
22586 \f
22587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22588 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22589 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22593 ;;;***
22594 \f
22595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22596 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22600 ;;;***
22601 \f
22602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22612 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22613 Major mode for editing XML.
22616 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22617 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22619 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22620 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22621 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22626 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22628 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22629 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22630 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22631 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22632 instead of C-c.
22634 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22635 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22636 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22637 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22639 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22642 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22643 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22646 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22649 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22654 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22655 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22656 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22657 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22659 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22661 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22664 \(fn)" t nil)
22665 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22669 ;;;***
22670 \f
22671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22676 ;;;***
22677 \f
22678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22683 ;;;***
22684 \f
22685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22690 ;;;***
22691 \f
22692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22697 ;;;***
22698 \f
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22700 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22704 ;;;***
22705 \f
22706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22707 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22711 ;;;***
22712 \f
22713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22714 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22718 ;;;***
22719 \f
22720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22721 ;;;;;; 0))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22726 ;;;***
22727 \f
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22740 ;;;***
22741 \f
22742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22757 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22758 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22762 ;;;***
22763 \f
22764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22765 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22769 ;;;***
22770 \f
22771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22776 ;;;***
22777 \f
22778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22783 ;;;***
22784 \f
22785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22786 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22787 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22791 ;;;***
22792 \f
22793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22798 ;;;***
22799 \f
22800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22805 ;;;***
22806 \f
22807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22812 ;;;***
22813 \f
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22819 ;;;***
22820 \f
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22822 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22826 ;;;***
22827 \f
22828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22833 ;;;***
22834 \f
22835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22840 ;;;***
22841 \f
22842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22847 ;;;***
22848 \f
22849 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22850 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22855 ;;;***
22856 \f
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22862 ;;;***
22863 \f
22864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22869 ;;;***
22870 \f
22871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22876 ;;;***
22877 \f
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22883 ;;;***
22884 \f
22885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22887 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22891 ;;;***
22892 \f
22893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22898 ;;;***
22899 \f
22900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22905 ;;;***
22906 \f
22907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22912 ;;;***
22913 \f
22914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22919 ;;;***
22920 \f
22921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22922 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22926 ;;;***
22927 \f
22928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22933 ;;;***
22934 \f
22935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22940 ;;;***
22941 \f
22942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22947 ;;;***
22948 \f
22949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22954 ;;;***
22955 \f
22956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22957 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22961 ;;;***
22962 \f
22963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22968 ;;;***
22969 \f
22970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22971 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22975 ;;;***
22976 \f
22977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22982 ;;;***
22983 \f
22984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22989 ;;;***
22990 \f
22991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22996 ;;;***
22997 \f
22998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
23001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
23003 ;;;***
23004 \f
23005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
23008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
23010 ;;;***
23011 \f
23012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
23015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
23017 ;;;***
23018 \f
23019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
23022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
23024 ;;;***
23025 \f
23026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
23027 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
23029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
23031 ;;;***
23032 \f
23033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
23036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
23038 ;;;***
23039 \f
23040 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
23041 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23042 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
23044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
23046 ;;;***
23047 \f
23048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
23051 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
23052 Major mode for editing Octave code.
23054 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
23055 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
23056 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
23057 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
23059 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
23061 Key bindings:
23064 \(fn)" t nil)
23066 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
23067 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
23068 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
23070 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
23072 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
23073 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
23075 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
23076 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
23077 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
23079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23081 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
23083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
23085 ;;;***
23086 \f
23087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
23088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
23090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
23092 ;;;***
23093 \f
23094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
23095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
23097 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
23099 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23107 Customization:
23109 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23110 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23111 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23112 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23113 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23114 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23115 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23116 Directories to search when finding external units.
23117 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23118 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23120 Coloring:
23122 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23123 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23125 \(fn)" t nil)
23127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23129 ;;;***
23130 \f
23131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23134 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23135 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23137 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23139 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23140 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
23141 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23142 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23143 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23144 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23146 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23148 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23149 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
23150 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
23151 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
23152 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
23154 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23156 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23157 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23159 \(fn)" nil nil)
23161 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23162 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23164 \(fn)" nil nil)
23166 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23167 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23170 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23171 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
23172 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23173 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23174 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23175 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23176 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23177 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23178 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
23179 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23181 The following commands are available:
23185 \(fn)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23188 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
23190 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
23191 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23192 in special contexts.
23194 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
23195 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23196 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23197 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23198 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23199 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
23200 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23201 properties in the buffer.
23202 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
23203 including any drawers.
23205 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23207 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23208 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23209 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23210 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23211 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23212 and zoom in further.
23213 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23214 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23216 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23217 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23218 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23219 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
23220 times right after creating a new headline.
23222 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23223 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23224 is negative, go up that many levels.
23226 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23227 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23228 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23230 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23231 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23232 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
23233 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23237 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23238 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23240 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23243 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23245 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23246 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23247 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
23248 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
23249 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23250 defined by Org-mode).
23252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23254 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23255 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23257 \(fn)" nil nil)
23259 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23260 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23262 \(fn)" nil nil)
23264 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23265 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
23266 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23267 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
23268 call CMD.
23270 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23272 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23274 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23277 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
23278 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
23279 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
23281 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
23282 part of Org's core.
23284 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
23285 active region.
23287 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23289 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23290 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
23291 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23295 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23296 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23297 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23298 Org-mode syntax.
23300 \(fn)" t nil)
23302 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23303 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23305 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23307 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23308 Switch between Org buffers.
23309 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23310 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23312 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23313 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23317 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23319 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23321 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23322 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23323 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23324 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23326 \(fn)" t nil)
23328 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23329 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23331 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23333 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23334 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23335 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23337 \(fn)" t nil)
23339 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23340 Reload all org lisp files.
23341 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23343 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23345 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23346 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23348 \(fn)" t nil)
23350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23352 ;;;***
23353 \f
23354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23357 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23358 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23362 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23363 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23364 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23365 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23367 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23368 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23369 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23370 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23371 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23372 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23373 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23374 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23375 e Export views to associated files.
23376 s Search entries for keywords.
23377 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23378 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23379 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23380 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23381 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23382 > Remove a previous restriction.
23385 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23387 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23388 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23389 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23391 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23392 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23394 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23395 \(if active).
23397 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23399 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23400 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23401 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23402 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23403 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23404 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23405 before running the agenda command.
23407 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23409 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23410 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23411 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23412 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23413 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23414 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23415 before running the agenda command.
23417 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23418 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23420 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23422 category The category of the item
23423 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23424 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23425 todo selected in TODO match
23426 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23427 diary imported from diary
23428 deadline a deadline on given date
23429 scheduled scheduled on given date
23430 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23431 closed entry was closed on given date
23432 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23433 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23434 block entry has date block including g. date
23435 todo The todo keyword, if any
23436 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23437 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23438 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23439 extra Sting with extra planning info
23440 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23441 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23442 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23444 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23446 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23447 Store agenda views.
23449 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23451 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23452 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23454 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23456 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23457 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23458 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23459 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23461 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23462 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23463 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23465 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23466 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23468 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23469 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23471 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23473 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23474 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23476 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23477 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23478 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23479 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23480 EDIT-AT.
23482 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23483 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23484 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23485 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23486 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23489 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23490 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23491 including newlines.
23493 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23494 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23495 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23496 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23497 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23498 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23499 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23501 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23503 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23504 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23506 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23507 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23508 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23509 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23510 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23511 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23512 Boolean search must match as full words.
23514 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23515 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23517 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23519 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23520 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23521 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23523 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23524 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23528 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23529 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23530 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23532 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23534 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23535 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23536 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23537 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23538 `org-stuck-projects'.
23540 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23542 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23543 Return diary information from org files.
23545 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23546 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23547 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23548 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23550 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23552 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23554 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23555 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23557 &%%(org-diary)
23559 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23560 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23561 So the example above may also be written as
23563 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23565 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23566 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23567 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23569 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23571 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23572 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23574 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23576 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23577 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23578 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23579 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23580 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23582 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23584 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23585 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23586 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23588 \(fn)" t nil)
23590 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23591 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23593 appointments.
23595 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23596 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23598 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23599 for filtering entries out.
23601 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23602 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23603 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23605 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23606 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23611 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23614 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23615 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23616 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23617 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23618 details and examples.
23620 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23621 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23623 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23630 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23631 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23635 ;;;***
23636 \f
23637 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23638 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23643 ;;;***
23644 \f
23645 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23646 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23651 ;;;***
23652 \f
23653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23658 ;;;***
23659 \f
23660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23661 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23663 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23664 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23666 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23668 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23669 Capture something.
23671 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23672 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23673 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23675 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23678 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23679 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23680 stored.
23682 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23684 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23685 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23686 will be bypassed.
23688 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23689 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23690 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23691 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23693 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23695 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23696 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23698 \(fn)" t nil)
23700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23702 ;;;***
23703 \f
23704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23705 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23706 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23710 ;;;***
23711 \f
23712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23715 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23716 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23718 \(fn)" t nil)
23720 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23723 \(fn)" nil nil)
23725 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23726 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23727 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23729 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23731 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23732 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23734 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23736 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23737 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23739 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23741 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23742 Write the column view table.
23743 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23745 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23746 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23747 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23748 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23749 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23751 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23752 using `org-id-find'.
23753 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23754 a hline before each level <= that number.
23755 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23756 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23757 :skip-empty-rows
23758 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23759 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23761 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23763 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23764 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23766 \(fn)" t nil)
23768 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23769 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23771 \(fn)" t nil)
23773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23780 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23781 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23783 \(fn)" nil t)
23785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23787 ;;;***
23788 \f
23789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23790 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23794 ;;;***
23795 \f
23796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23801 ;;;***
23802 \f
23803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23804 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23812 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23816 ;;;***
23817 \f
23818 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23819 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23820 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23824 ;;;***
23825 \f
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23827 ;;;;;; 0))
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23832 ;;;***
23833 \f
23834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23857 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23869 ;;;***
23870 \f
23871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23872 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23876 ;;;***
23877 \f
23878 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23884 ;;;***
23885 \f
23886 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23887 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23888 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23899 ;;;***
23900 \f
23901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23902 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23907 ;;;***
23908 \f
23909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23918 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23922 ;;;***
23923 \f
23924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23929 ;;;***
23930 \f
23931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23934 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23935 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23937 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23941 ;;;***
23942 \f
23943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23948 ;;;***
23949 \f
23950 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23951 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23952 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23956 ;;;***
23957 \f
23958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23963 ;;;***
23964 \f
23965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23966 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23971 ;;;***
23972 \f
23973 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23974 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23979 ;;;***
23980 \f
23981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23982 ;;;;;; 0))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23987 ;;;***
23988 \f
23989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23990 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23994 ;;;***
23995 \f
23996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23997 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
24001 ;;;***
24002 \f
24003 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
24004 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
24007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
24009 ;;;***
24010 \f
24011 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
24012 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
24015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
24017 ;;;***
24018 \f
24019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
24022 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
24023 The release version of org-mode.
24024 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
24026 \(fn)" nil nil)
24028 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
24029 The Git version of org-mode.
24030 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
24032 \(fn)" nil nil)
24034 ;;;***
24035 \f
24036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
24039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
24041 ;;;***
24042 \f
24043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
24044 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
24045 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24046 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24048 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
24049 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
24050 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
24051 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
24053 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
24054 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
24055 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
24056 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
24059 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
24060 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
24061 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
24062 are used when point is on a heading line.
24064 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
24065 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
24066 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
24068 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
24069 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
24071 \(fn)" t nil)
24073 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
24074 Toggle Outline minor mode.
24075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
24076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24079 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
24081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24082 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
24084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
24086 ;;;***
24087 \f
24088 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
24089 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
24092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
24094 ;;;***
24095 \f
24096 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
24097 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24098 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
24100 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24102 ;;;***
24103 \f
24104 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24105 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24106 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24110 ;;;***
24111 \f
24112 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24113 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24114 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24121 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24126 ;;;***
24127 \f
24128 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24129 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24134 ;;;***
24135 \f
24136 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24137 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24138 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24142 ;;;***
24143 \f
24144 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24145 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24146 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24150 ;;;***
24151 \f
24152 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24153 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24158 ;;;***
24159 \f
24160 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24161 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24166 ;;;***
24167 \f
24168 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24169 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24174 ;;;***
24175 \f
24176 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24177 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24178 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24182 ;;;***
24183 \f
24184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24186 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24188 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24189 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
24190 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
24191 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
24195 activate the package system at any time.")
24197 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24199 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24200 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24201 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24202 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24203 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
24204 it to the file.
24205 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24206 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24207 loading packages twice.
24208 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24209 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24210 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24212 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24214 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24215 Import keys from FILE.
24217 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24219 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24220 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24221 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24222 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24223 and make them available for download.
24224 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24225 downloads in the background.
24227 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24229 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24230 Install the package PKG.
24231 PKG can be a `package-desc' or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24232 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24234 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24235 `package-selected-packages'.
24237 If PKG is a `package-desc' and it is already installed, don't try
24238 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24240 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24242 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24243 Install a package from the current buffer.
24244 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24245 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24246 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24248 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24249 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24250 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24252 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24254 \(fn)" t nil)
24256 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24257 Install a package from a file.
24258 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24259 directory.
24261 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24263 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24264 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24265 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24267 \(fn)" t nil)
24269 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24270 Reinstall package PKG.
24271 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a `package-desc'
24272 object.
24274 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24276 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24277 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24279 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24280 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24281 will be deleted.
24283 \(fn)" t nil)
24285 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24286 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24288 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24290 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24291 Display a list of packages.
24292 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24293 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24294 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24296 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24298 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24302 ;;;***
24303 \f
24304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24305 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24310 ;;;***
24311 \f
24312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24317 ;;;***
24318 \f
24319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24322 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24323 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24324 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24325 for a description of this minor mode.
24326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24327 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24328 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24330 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24332 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24333 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24335 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24336 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24338 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24339 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24340 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24346 ;;;***
24347 \f
24348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24349 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24351 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24353 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24354 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24355 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24357 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24359 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24360 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24362 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24366 ;;;***
24367 \f
24368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24371 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24373 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24375 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24378 Other useful functions are:
24390 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24392 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24393 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24394 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24395 Indentation for case statements.
24396 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24397 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24398 mark after an end.
24399 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24400 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24401 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24402 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24403 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24404 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24405 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24406 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24407 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24408 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24410 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24411 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24413 \(fn)" t nil)
24415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24417 ;;;***
24418 \f
24419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24420 ;;;;;; 0))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24423 (defvar password-cache t "\
24424 Whether to cache passwords.")
24426 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24428 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24429 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24430 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24432 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24434 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24435 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24437 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24441 ;;;***
24442 \f
24443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24446 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24447 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24448 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24450 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24452 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24453 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24455 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24456 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24457 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24459 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24461 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24462 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24463 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24464 quoted.)
24466 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24467 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24468 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24469 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24471 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24473 _ matches anything.
24474 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24475 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24476 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24477 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24478 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24481 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24482 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24483 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24484 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24485 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24487 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24489 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24490 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24491 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24492 which is the value being matched.
24493 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24494 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24496 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24497 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24499 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24501 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24503 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24504 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24506 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24508 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24510 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24511 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24512 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24513 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24514 variable name being but a special case of it).
24516 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24518 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24520 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24522 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24523 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24524 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24525 of the form (PAT EXP).
24527 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24529 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24531 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24532 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24533 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24534 of the form (PAT EXP).
24535 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24536 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24537 any kind of error.
24539 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24541 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24543 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24544 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24546 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24548 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24550 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24551 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24552 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24553 to this macro.
24555 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24557 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24559 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24563 ;;;***
24564 \f
24565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24566 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24568 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24569 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24571 \(fn)" nil nil)
24573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24580 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24581 Completion for `gzip'.
24583 \(fn)" nil nil)
24585 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24586 Completion for `bzip2'.
24588 \(fn)" nil nil)
24590 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24591 Completion for GNU `make'.
24593 \(fn)" nil nil)
24595 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24596 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24598 \(fn)" nil nil)
24600 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24601 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24603 \(fn)" nil nil)
24605 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24609 ;;;***
24610 \f
24611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24614 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24615 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24617 \(fn)" nil nil)
24619 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24620 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24622 \(fn)" nil nil)
24624 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24625 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24627 \(fn)" nil nil)
24629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24636 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24637 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24639 \(fn)" nil nil)
24641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24643 ;;;***
24644 \f
24645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24648 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24649 Completion for `cd'.
24651 \(fn)" nil nil)
24653 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24655 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24656 Completion for `rmdir'.
24658 \(fn)" nil nil)
24660 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24661 Completion for `rm'.
24663 \(fn)" nil nil)
24665 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24666 Completion for `xargs'.
24668 \(fn)" nil nil)
24670 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24672 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24673 Completion for `which'.
24675 \(fn)" nil nil)
24677 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24678 Completion for the `chown' command.
24680 \(fn)" nil nil)
24682 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24683 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24685 \(fn)" nil nil)
24687 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24688 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24690 \(fn)" nil nil)
24692 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24693 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24694 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24696 \(fn)" nil nil)
24698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24700 ;;;***
24701 \f
24702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24703 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24705 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24706 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24708 \(fn)" nil nil)
24710 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24711 Completion for the `ack' command.
24712 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24713 long options.
24715 \(fn)" nil nil)
24717 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24719 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24720 Completion for the `ag' command.
24722 \(fn)" nil nil)
24724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24726 ;;;***
24727 \f
24728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24729 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24731 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24732 Support extensible programmable completion.
24733 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24734 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24736 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24738 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24739 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24741 \(fn)" t nil)
24743 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24744 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24745 This will modify the current buffer.
24747 \(fn)" t nil)
24749 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24750 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24752 \(fn)" t nil)
24754 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24755 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24756 This will modify the current buffer.
24758 \(fn)" t nil)
24760 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24761 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24763 \(fn)" t nil)
24765 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24766 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24768 \(fn)" t nil)
24770 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24771 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24772 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24773 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24774 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24776 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24778 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24779 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24781 \(fn)" nil nil)
24783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24785 ;;;***
24786 \f
24787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24790 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24791 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24792 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24793 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24795 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24797 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24799 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24800 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24801 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24803 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24804 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24805 FLAGS is ignored.
24807 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24809 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24810 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24811 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24812 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24813 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24815 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24816 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24818 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24820 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24821 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24822 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24825 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24826 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24827 passed to cvs.
24829 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24831 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24832 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24833 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24834 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24836 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24837 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24839 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24841 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24842 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24843 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24845 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24847 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24848 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24849 A value of nil means never do it.
24850 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24851 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24852 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24854 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24856 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24857 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24858 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24867 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24868 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24872 ;;;***
24873 \f
24874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24886 ;;;***
24887 \f
24888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24893 ;;;***
24894 \f
24895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24896 ;;;;;; 0))
24897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24898 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24899 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24900 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24901 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24902 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24903 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24905 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24906 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24907 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24908 Tab indents for Perl code.
24910 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24911 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24913 Variables controlling indentation style:
24914 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24915 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24916 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24917 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24918 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24919 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24920 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24921 `perl-nochange'
24922 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24923 `perl-indent-level'
24924 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24925 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24926 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24927 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24928 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24929 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24930 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24931 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24932 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24933 `perl-brace-offset'
24934 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24935 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24936 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24937 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24938 `perl-label-offset'
24939 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24940 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24941 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24943 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24944 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24945 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24946 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24947 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24948 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24949 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24951 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24957 ;;;***
24958 \f
24959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24962 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24963 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24965 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24966 afterwards settable by these commands:
24983 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24984 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24985 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24986 with these commands:
24990 Move to column following last
24998 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
25000 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
25004 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
25007 You can manipulate text with these commands:
25012 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
25015 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
25025 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
25026 by supplying an argument.
25028 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
25030 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
25031 they are not by default assigned to keys.
25033 \(fn)" t nil)
25035 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
25037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
25039 ;;;***
25040 \f
25041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
25042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
25043 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25045 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
25046 Start a Pinentry service.
25048 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
25049 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
25051 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
25052 will not be shown.
25054 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
25058 ;;;***
25059 \f
25060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pixel-scroll" "pixel-scroll.el" (0 0 0 0))
25061 ;;; Generated autoloads from pixel-scroll.el
25063 (defvar pixel-scroll-mode nil "\
25064 Non-nil if Pixel-Scroll mode is enabled.
25065 See the `pixel-scroll-mode' command
25066 for a description of this minor mode.
25067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25069 or call the function `pixel-scroll-mode'.")
25071 (custom-autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" nil)
25073 (autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" "\
25074 A minor mode to scroll text pixel-by-pixel.
25075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Pixel Scroll mode if ARG is positive,
25076 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable Pixel Scroll mode
25077 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pixel-scroll" '("pixel-")))
25083 ;;;***
25084 \f
25085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
25086 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
25088 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
25089 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
25091 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25093 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
25094 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
25096 \(fn)" t nil)
25098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
25100 ;;;***
25101 \f
25102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
25103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
25105 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
25106 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
25107 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
25109 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
25111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
25113 ;;;***
25114 \f
25115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
25116 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
25118 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
25119 Play pong and waste time.
25120 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
25121 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25127 \(fn)" t nil)
25129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25131 ;;;***
25132 \f
25133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25136 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25137 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25138 Use streaming commands.
25140 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25144 ;;;***
25145 \f
25146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25149 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25150 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25151 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25152 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25154 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25156 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25157 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25159 \(fn)" nil nil)
25161 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25162 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25163 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25164 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25165 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25167 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25169 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25170 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25171 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25173 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25175 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25176 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25178 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25180 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25181 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25182 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25183 Ignores leading comment characters.
25185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25188 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25189 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25190 Ignores leading comment characters.
25192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25196 ;;;***
25197 \f
25198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25200 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25202 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25203 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25205 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25209 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25211 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25212 Preview directory using ghostview.
25214 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25215 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25216 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25217 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25219 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25220 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25221 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25222 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25223 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25224 file name.
25226 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25228 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25230 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25231 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25233 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25234 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25235 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25236 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25238 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25239 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25240 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25241 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25242 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25243 file name.
25245 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25247 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25250 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25252 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25253 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25254 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25255 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25257 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25258 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25259 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25260 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25261 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25262 file name.
25264 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25266 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25268 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25269 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25271 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25273 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25274 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25275 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25276 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25278 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25279 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25280 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25281 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25282 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25283 file name.
25285 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25287 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25289 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25290 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25292 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25293 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25294 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25296 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25297 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25298 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25299 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25301 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25303 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25304 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25306 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25307 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25308 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25310 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25311 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25312 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25313 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25315 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25317 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25318 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25320 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25321 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25322 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25324 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25325 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25326 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25327 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25329 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25331 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25332 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25334 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25336 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25337 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25338 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25340 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25341 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25342 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25343 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25345 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25348 Preview region using ghostview.
25350 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25352 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25354 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25355 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25357 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25359 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25361 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25362 Print region using PostScript printer.
25364 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25366 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25368 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25369 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25371 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25373 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25376 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25378 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25380 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25382 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25383 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25385 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25387 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25389 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25390 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25392 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25394 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25396 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25397 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25399 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25401 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25403 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25404 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25405 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25406 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25408 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25409 matching.
25411 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25412 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25414 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25416 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25418 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25419 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25420 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25421 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25423 \(fn)" t nil)
25425 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25426 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25427 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25428 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25433 Print directory using text printer.
25435 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25436 matching.
25438 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25439 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25441 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25443 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25445 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25446 Print buffer using text printer.
25448 \(fn)" t nil)
25450 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25451 Print region using text printer.
25453 \(fn)" t nil)
25455 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25456 Print major mode using text printer.
25458 \(fn)" t nil)
25460 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25461 Preview spooled PostScript.
25463 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25464 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25465 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25467 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25468 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25469 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25471 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25473 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25474 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25476 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25477 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25478 instead of sending it to the printer.
25480 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25481 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25482 image in a file with that name.
25484 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25486 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25487 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25489 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25490 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25491 instead of sending it to the printer.
25493 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25494 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25495 image in a file with that name.
25497 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25500 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25502 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25503 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25504 instead of sending it to the printer.
25506 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25507 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25508 image in a file with that name.
25510 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25512 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25513 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25515 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25517 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25518 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25520 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25522 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25523 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25525 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25527 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25528 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25530 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25532 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25533 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25535 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25537 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25538 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25541 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25542 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25543 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25545 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25546 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25547 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25548 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25549 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25550 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25551 file name.
25553 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25556 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25558 \(fn)" t nil)
25560 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25561 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25563 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25564 right.
25565 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25566 bottom.
25568 \(fn)" t nil)
25570 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25571 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25573 \(fn)" t nil)
25575 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25576 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25580 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25581 Toggle printing with faces.
25583 \(fn)" t nil)
25585 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25586 Toggle spooling.
25588 \(fn)" t nil)
25590 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25591 Toggle duplex.
25593 \(fn)" t nil)
25595 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25596 Toggle tumble.
25598 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25599 right.
25600 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25601 bottom.
25603 \(fn)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25606 Toggle landscape.
25608 \(fn)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25611 Toggle upside-down.
25613 \(fn)" t nil)
25615 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25616 Toggle line number.
25618 \(fn)" t nil)
25620 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25621 Toggle zebra stripes.
25623 \(fn)" t nil)
25625 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25626 Toggle printing header.
25628 \(fn)" t nil)
25630 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25631 Toggle printing header frame.
25633 \(fn)" t nil)
25635 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25636 Toggle menu lock.
25638 \(fn)" t nil)
25640 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25641 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25643 \(fn)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25646 Toggle auto mode.
25648 \(fn)" t nil)
25650 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25651 Customization of the `printing' group.
25653 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25655 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25656 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25658 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25660 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25661 Help for the printing package.
25663 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25665 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25666 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25668 \(fn)" t nil)
25670 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25671 Interactively select a text printer.
25673 \(fn)" t nil)
25675 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25676 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25678 \(fn)" t nil)
25680 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25681 Show current ps-print settings.
25683 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25685 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25686 Show current printing settings.
25688 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25690 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25691 Show current lpr settings.
25693 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25696 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25698 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25699 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25700 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25701 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25704 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25706 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25707 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25708 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25710 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25711 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25712 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25713 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25714 current active printer.
25716 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25717 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25718 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25719 printer.
25721 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25722 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25723 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25724 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25725 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25728 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25729 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25731 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25733 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25734 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25735 be done using the new current active printer.
25737 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25738 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25739 printer.
25741 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25742 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25743 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25744 instead of sending it to the printer.
25746 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25747 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25748 printer.
25750 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25753 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25754 are both set to t.
25756 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25758 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25759 Fast fire function for text printing.
25761 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25762 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25763 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25764 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25766 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25767 user for a new active text printer.
25769 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25771 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25773 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25774 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25775 printer.
25777 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25779 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25780 are both set to t.
25782 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25786 ;;;***
25787 \f
25788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25789 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25791 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25792 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25794 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25795 the process information.
25797 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25799 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25800 Proced buffers.
25802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25806 ;;;***
25807 \f
25808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25811 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25812 Start/restart profilers.
25813 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25814 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25815 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25817 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25819 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25820 Open profile FILENAME.
25822 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25824 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25825 Open profile FILENAME.
25827 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25829 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25830 Open profile FILENAME.
25832 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25836 ;;;***
25837 \f
25838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25841 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25842 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25843 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25844 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25845 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25846 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25848 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25850 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25851 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25853 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25855 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25857 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25858 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25860 pattern to search for.
25862 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25864 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25865 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25866 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25867 recognized.
25869 \(fn)" t nil)
25871 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25872 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25873 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25874 recognized.
25876 \(fn)" t nil)
25878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25880 ;;;***
25881 \f
25882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25885 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25886 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25888 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25889 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25891 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25893 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25896 Commands:
25899 \(fn)" t nil)
25901 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25902 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25903 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25905 \(fn)" t nil)
25907 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25908 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25909 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25918 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25920 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25921 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25924 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25928 ;;;***
25929 \f
25930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25932 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25934 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25935 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25937 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25939 The following variables hold user options, and can
25940 be set through the `customize' command:
25942 `ps-mode-tab'
25943 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25944 `ps-mode-print-function'
25945 `ps-run-prompt'
25946 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25947 `ps-run-x'
25948 `ps-run-dumb'
25949 `ps-run-init'
25950 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25951 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25960 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25961 The keymap for this second window is:
25966 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25967 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25968 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25969 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25970 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25972 \(fn)" t nil)
25974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25976 ;;;***
25977 \f
25978 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25979 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
25980 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25984 ;;;***
25985 \f
25986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25987 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25988 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25990 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25991 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25992 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25994 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25996 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25997 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25998 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25999 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
26001 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
26003 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
26004 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
26006 Valid values are:
26008 nil Do not print colors.
26010 t Print colors.
26012 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
26013 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
26015 Any other value is treated as t.")
26017 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
26019 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
26020 Customization of ps-print group.
26022 \(fn)" t nil)
26024 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
26025 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26027 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26028 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
26029 sending it to the printer.
26031 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26032 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26033 image in a file with that name.
26035 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26038 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26039 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26040 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26041 so it has a way to determine color values.
26043 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26045 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
26046 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26047 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
26049 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26051 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26052 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26053 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26054 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26055 so it has a way to determine color values.
26057 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26059 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
26060 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26061 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
26062 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
26064 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26066 \(fn)" t nil)
26068 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26069 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26070 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
26071 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
26072 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
26074 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26076 \(fn)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
26079 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26080 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
26082 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26084 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26086 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26087 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26088 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26089 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26090 so it has a way to determine color values.
26092 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26094 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26096 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
26097 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
26099 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26100 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
26101 instead of sending it to the printer.
26103 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26104 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26105 image in a file with that name.
26107 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26109 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
26110 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
26111 Done using the current ps-print setup.
26115 \(fn)" t nil)
26117 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
26118 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
26119 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26121 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26123 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
26124 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
26125 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26127 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26129 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26130 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26132 \(fn)" nil nil)
26134 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26135 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26137 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26138 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26140 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26141 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26143 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26145 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26147 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26149 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26150 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26152 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26153 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26155 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26156 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26158 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26160 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26162 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26164 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26165 foreground and background colors respectively.
26167 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26168 bold - use bold font.
26169 italic - use italic font.
26170 underline - put a line under text.
26171 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26172 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26173 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26174 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26175 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26177 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26179 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26183 ;;;***
26184 \f
26185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26190 ;;;***
26191 \f
26192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26193 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26194 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26196 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26197 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26198 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26200 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26202 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26203 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26204 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26206 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26210 ;;;***
26211 \f
26212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26217 ;;;***
26218 \f
26219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26221 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26225 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26227 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26228 Run an inferior Python process.
26230 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26231 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26232 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26233 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26234 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26236 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26237 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26238 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26239 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26241 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26243 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26245 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26248 Major mode for editing Python files.
26252 \(fn)" t nil)
26254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
26256 ;;;***
26257 \f
26258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26259 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26261 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26262 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26263 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26264 coding-system.
26266 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26269 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26270 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26271 them into characters should be done separately.
26273 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26277 ;;;***
26278 \f
26279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26280 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26282 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26283 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26285 \(fn)" nil nil)
26287 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26288 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26289 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26291 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26292 `quail-activate', which see.
26294 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26296 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26297 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26298 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26299 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26300 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26301 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26302 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26304 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26305 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26306 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26307 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26308 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26309 shown.
26310 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26312 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26313 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26316 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26317 list of candidates.
26319 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26320 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26321 command to be called.
26323 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26324 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26325 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26326 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26328 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26329 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26330 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26331 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26332 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26333 to t.
26335 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26336 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26337 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26338 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26340 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26341 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26342 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26343 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26344 defines no translations for single character keys.
26346 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26347 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26348 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26349 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26350 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26351 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26353 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26354 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26357 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26360 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26361 covers Quail translation region.
26363 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26364 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26365 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26366 for it) is inserted.
26368 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26369 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26370 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26372 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26373 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26374 non-Quail commands.
26376 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26378 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26379 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26381 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26382 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26383 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26384 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26385 you type is correctly handled.
26387 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26389 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26390 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26392 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26393 keyboard type.
26395 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26397 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26398 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26399 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26400 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26401 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26402 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26403 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26404 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26405 for the translation.
26406 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26408 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26409 it is used to handle KEY.
26411 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26412 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26413 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26414 the following annotation types are supported.
26416 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26417 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26419 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26420 candidate list.
26422 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26423 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26424 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26425 inserted.
26427 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26428 generated for the following translations.
26430 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26432 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26433 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26435 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26436 which to install MAP.
26438 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26440 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26442 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26443 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26445 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26446 which to install MAP.
26448 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26450 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26452 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26453 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26454 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26455 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26456 a function, or a cons.
26457 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26458 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26459 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26460 for the translation.
26461 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26462 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26463 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26464 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26465 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26467 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26468 it is used to handle KEY.
26470 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26471 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26472 current Quail package.
26474 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26475 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26477 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26479 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26480 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26482 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26483 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26485 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26487 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26488 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26490 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26492 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26493 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26494 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26495 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26496 of the Emacs source tree.
26498 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26501 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26502 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26503 of each directory.
26505 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26509 ;;;***
26510 \f
26511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26512 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26513 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26517 ;;;***
26518 \f
26519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26520 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26521 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26523 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26524 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26525 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26526 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26528 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26532 ;;;***
26533 \f
26534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26535 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26536 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26540 ;;;***
26541 \f
26542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26547 ;;;***
26548 \f
26549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26550 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26551 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26555 ;;;***
26556 \f
26557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26558 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26562 ;;;***
26563 \f
26564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26565 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26569 ;;;***
26570 \f
26571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26572 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26577 ;;;***
26578 \f
26579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26580 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26584 ;;;***
26585 \f
26586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26587 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26588 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26592 ;;;***
26593 \f
26594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26595 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26596 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26598 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26599 Activate UCS input method.
26600 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26602 While this input method is active, the variable
26603 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26605 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26609 ;;;***
26610 \f
26611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26616 ;;;***
26617 \f
26618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26619 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26621 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26622 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26623 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26624 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26626 To make use of this do something like:
26628 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26630 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26632 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26633 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26635 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26636 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26637 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26639 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26641 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26642 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26644 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26646 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26647 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26649 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26650 is decided.
26652 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26654 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26655 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26657 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26658 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26659 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26661 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26663 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26664 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26666 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26668 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26669 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26671 \(fn)" t nil)
26673 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26674 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26676 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26682 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26683 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26685 \(fn)" t nil)
26687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26689 ;;;***
26690 \f
26691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26692 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26697 ;;;***
26698 \f
26699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26702 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26703 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26705 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26707 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26711 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26713 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26716 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26718 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26719 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26720 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26721 for a description of this minor mode.
26722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26724 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26726 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26728 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26729 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26738 ;;;***
26739 \f
26740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26741 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26744 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26746 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26747 Construct a regexp interactively.
26750 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26753 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26755 \(fn)" t nil)
26757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26759 ;;;***
26760 \f
26761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26762 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26764 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26765 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26766 See the `recentf-mode' command
26767 for a description of this minor mode.
26768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26770 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26772 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26774 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26776 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26777 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26778 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26782 were operated on recently.
26784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26788 ;;;***
26789 \f
26790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26791 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26793 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26794 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26795 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26796 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26797 ends.
26799 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26800 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26801 to be deleted.
26803 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26805 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26806 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26807 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26809 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26810 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26811 deleted.
26813 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26815 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26816 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26817 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26819 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26821 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26822 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26824 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26825 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26827 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26828 deleted.
26830 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26831 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
26832 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26833 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26834 even beep.)
26836 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26838 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26839 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26844 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26846 \(fn)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26849 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26850 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26851 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26852 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26853 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26854 and point is at the lower right corner.
26856 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26858 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26859 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26861 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26862 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26864 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26865 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26866 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26868 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26870 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26872 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26873 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26874 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26875 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26876 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26878 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26879 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26881 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26884 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26885 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26887 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26889 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26891 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26893 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26894 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26896 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26897 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26898 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26900 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26902 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26903 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26904 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26906 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26907 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26908 rectangle which were empty.
26910 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26912 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26913 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26915 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26916 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26917 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26918 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26920 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26922 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26923 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26924 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26930 ;;;***
26931 \f
26932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26937 ;;;***
26938 \f
26939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26940 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26944 ;;;***
26945 \f
26946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26949 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26950 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26952 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26953 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26955 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26956 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26957 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26958 auto-filling.
26962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26966 ;;;***
26967 \f
26968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26970 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26971 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26972 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26973 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26975 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26976 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26978 \(fn)" nil nil)
26980 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26987 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26988 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26992 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26995 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26996 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26999 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
27000 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
27002 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
27006 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
27007 on the menu bar.
27009 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27013 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
27014 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
27015 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
27017 \(fn)" nil nil)
27019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
27021 ;;;***
27022 \f
27023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
27024 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
27027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
27029 ;;;***
27030 \f
27031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
27032 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
27035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
27037 ;;;***
27038 \f
27039 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
27040 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
27043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
27045 ;;;***
27046 \f
27047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
27048 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
27049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
27051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
27053 ;;;***
27054 \f
27055 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
27056 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
27057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
27059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
27061 ;;;***
27062 \f
27063 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
27064 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
27067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
27069 ;;;***
27070 \f
27071 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
27072 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
27075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
27077 ;;;***
27078 \f
27079 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
27080 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
27083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
27085 ;;;***
27086 \f
27087 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
27088 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
27091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
27093 ;;;***
27094 \f
27095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
27096 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
27098 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27099 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27100 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27101 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
27103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
27105 ;;;***
27106 \f
27107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
27108 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
27111 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
27112 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
27113 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
27114 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
27115 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
27117 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
27119 a string
27120 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
27122 group.
27124 `words'
27127 `symbols'
27130 non-nil
27133 nil
27135 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27136 apply to the whole expression.
27138 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27139 than that of a simplified version:
27141 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27142 (let ((parens
27148 (concat (car paren)
27150 (cdr paren))))
27152 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27154 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27155 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27156 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27157 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27159 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27163 ;;;***
27164 \f
27165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27167 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27174 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27178 ;;;***
27179 \f
27180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27182 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27184 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27185 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27186 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27187 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27189 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27191 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27193 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27194 Call `remember' in another frame.
27196 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27198 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27199 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27200 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27202 \(fn)" t nil)
27204 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27205 Extract diary entries from the region.
27207 \(fn)" nil nil)
27209 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27210 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27211 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27212 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27214 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27216 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27217 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27218 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27219 minor mode.
27221 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27223 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27224 Return the buffer.
27226 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27228 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27230 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27234 ;;;***
27235 \f
27236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27237 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27238 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27240 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27241 Repeat most recently executed command.
27242 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27243 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27244 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27246 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27247 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27248 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27249 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27251 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27255 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27259 ;;;***
27260 \f
27261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27264 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27265 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27267 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27268 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27269 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27270 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27271 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27272 and point is left after the salutation.
27274 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27275 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27276 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27277 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27278 left after that text.
27280 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27281 is non-nil.
27283 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27284 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27285 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27286 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27288 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27290 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27292 ;;;***
27293 \f
27294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27295 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27297 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27298 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27299 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27300 visibility of comments that precede it.
27301 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27302 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27303 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27304 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27305 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27306 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27307 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27308 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27309 the comment lines.
27310 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27311 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27312 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27313 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27314 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27320 ;;;***
27321 \f
27322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27323 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27325 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27326 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27329 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27331 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27332 reveals invisible text around point.
27334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27336 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27337 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27338 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27339 for a description of this minor mode.
27340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27342 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27344 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27346 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27347 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27348 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27351 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27352 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27358 ;;;***
27359 \f
27360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27361 ;;;;;; 0))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27366 ;;;***
27367 \f
27368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27373 ;;;***
27374 \f
27375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27380 ;;;***
27381 \f
27382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27383 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27387 ;;;***
27388 \f
27389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27394 ;;;***
27395 \f
27396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27401 ;;;***
27402 \f
27403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27408 ;;;***
27409 \f
27410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27413 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27414 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27416 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27419 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27421 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27430 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27431 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27432 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27433 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27435 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27437 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27438 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27439 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27440 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27442 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27443 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27445 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27446 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27448 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27449 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27450 INPUT-ARGS.
27452 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27453 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27454 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27455 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27456 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27458 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27459 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27460 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27461 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27463 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27464 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27465 variable.
27467 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27471 ;;;***
27472 \f
27473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27474 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27476 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27477 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27479 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27481 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27483 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27484 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27485 Its name should end with a slash.")
27487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27488 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27490 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27491 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27492 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27494 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27496 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27497 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27498 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27499 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27500 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27501 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27502 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27504 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27505 sent by you under different user names.
27506 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27508 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27510 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27512 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27514 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27515 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27516 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27517 explicitly.")
27519 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27521 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^ARC-.*:" "\\|^Received-SPF:" "\\|^Authentication-Results:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27522 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27523 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27524 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27525 which normally happens once for each message,
27526 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27527 To make a change in this variable take effect
27528 for a message that you have already viewed,
27531 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27533 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27534 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27535 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27536 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27538 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27540 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27541 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27543 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27546 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27547 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27549 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27551 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27552 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27553 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27554 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27555 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27558 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27560 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27561 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27563 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27566 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27568 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27570 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27571 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27573 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27574 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27576 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27578 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27579 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27581 This is set to nil by default.")
27583 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27584 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27585 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27586 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27587 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27588 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27589 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27591 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27592 Read and edit incoming mail.
27593 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27594 file in RMAIL Mode.
27597 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27598 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27599 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27600 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27602 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27604 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27606 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27608 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27609 Instead, these commands are available:
27625 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27626 till a deleted message is found.
27627 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27640 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27645 (label defaults to last one specified).
27646 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27659 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27661 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27663 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27664 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27666 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27670 ;;;***
27671 \f
27672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27673 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27681 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27686 ;;;***
27687 \f
27688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27689 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27694 ;;;***
27695 \f
27696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27702 ;;;***
27703 \f
27704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27706 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27708 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27709 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27710 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27711 case it writes Babyl.
27713 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27714 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27715 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27716 `rmail-default-file'.
27718 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27719 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27720 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27722 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27723 the header display is currently pruned.
27725 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27726 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27727 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27728 messages after output.
27730 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27732 message (if writing a file directly).
27734 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27735 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27737 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27739 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27740 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27741 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27742 i) the header is output as currently seen
27743 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27744 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27746 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27747 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27748 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27750 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27752 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27753 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27754 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27756 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27757 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27758 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27760 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27761 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27762 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27764 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27768 ;;;***
27769 \f
27770 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27771 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27776 ;;;***
27777 \f
27778 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27779 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27784 ;;;***
27785 \f
27786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27787 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27789 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27790 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27791 Return a pattern.
27793 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27797 ;;;***
27798 \f
27799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27804 ;;;***
27805 \f
27806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27807 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27811 ;;;***
27812 \f
27813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27814 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27818 ;;;***
27819 \f
27820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27821 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27825 ;;;***
27826 \f
27827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27830 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27831 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27832 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27833 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27839 ;;;***
27840 \f
27841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27853 ;;;***
27854 \f
27855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27860 ;;;***
27861 \f
27862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27867 ;;;***
27868 \f
27869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27872 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27873 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27875 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27876 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27877 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27878 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27879 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27881 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27882 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27883 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27884 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27886 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27887 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27889 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27890 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27891 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27892 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27893 to use for finding the schema.
27895 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27899 ;;;***
27900 \f
27901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27902 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27904 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27906 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27907 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27908 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27909 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27910 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27911 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27912 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27913 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27914 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27915 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27916 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27917 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27918 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27919 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27920 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27921 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27922 must be equal.
27924 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27928 ;;;***
27929 \f
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27931 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27933 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27934 Define a robin package.
27936 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27937 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27938 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27939 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27941 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27942 one replaces the old one.
27944 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27946 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27947 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27949 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27950 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27951 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27953 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27955 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27956 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27958 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27962 ;;;***
27963 \f
27964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27965 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27967 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27968 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27969 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
27970 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
27971 and END, and return the encrypted string.
27973 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27975 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27976 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27978 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27981 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27985 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27986 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27987 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27989 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27990 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27991 in ROT13.
27993 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27995 \(fn)" t nil)
27997 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27998 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
28000 \(fn)" t nil)
28002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
28004 ;;;***
28005 \f
28006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
28007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
28010 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
28011 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
28014 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
28015 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
28016 highlighting.
28020 \(fn)" t nil)
28022 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
28023 Toggle ReST minor mode.
28024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
28025 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28026 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28028 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
28029 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
28030 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
28032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
28036 ;;;***
28037 \f
28038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
28039 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
28041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
28043 ;;;***
28044 \f
28045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
28046 ;;;;;; 0))
28047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
28048 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28050 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
28051 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
28053 \(fn)" t nil)
28055 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
28057 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
28059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28064 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
28065 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
28067 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
28068 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
28069 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
28071 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
28072 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
28073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
28074 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28075 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
28081 ;;;***
28082 \f
28083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
28084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
28086 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
28087 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
28088 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
28089 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
28091 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
28093 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
28094 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
28095 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
28097 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
28098 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
28099 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
28101 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
28102 notation.
28104 STRING
28105 matches string STRING literally.
28107 CHAR
28108 matches character CHAR literally.
28110 `not-newline', `nonl'
28111 matches any character except a newline.
28113 `anything'
28114 matches any character
28116 `(any SET ...)'
28117 `(in SET ...)'
28118 `(char SET ...)'
28119 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
28120 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
28121 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
28123 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
28124 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
28125 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
28126 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28128 `(not (any SET ...))'
28129 matches any character not in SET ...
28131 `line-start', `bol'
28132 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28133 in the text being matched
28135 `line-end', `eol'
28136 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28138 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28139 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28140 string being matched against.
28142 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28143 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28144 string being matched against.
28146 `buffer-start'
28147 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28148 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28150 `buffer-end'
28151 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28152 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28154 `point'
28155 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28157 `word-start', `bow'
28158 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28160 `word-end', `eow'
28161 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28163 `word-boundary'
28164 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28165 word.
28167 `(not word-boundary)'
28168 `not-word-boundary'
28169 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28170 word.
28172 `symbol-start'
28173 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28175 `symbol-end'
28176 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28178 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28179 matches 0 through 9.
28181 `control', `cntrl'
28182 matches ASCII control characters.
28184 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28185 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28187 `blank'
28188 matches space and tab only.
28190 `graphic', `graph'
28191 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28192 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28193 unassigned by Unicode.
28195 `printing', `print'
28196 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28198 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28199 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
28200 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28202 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28203 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
28204 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28206 `ascii'
28207 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28209 `nonascii'
28210 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28212 `lower', `lower-case'
28213 matches anything lower-case.
28215 `upper', `upper-case'
28216 matches anything upper-case.
28218 `punctuation', `punct'
28219 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28220 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28222 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28223 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28225 `word', `wordchar'
28226 matches anything that has word syntax.
28228 `not-wordchar'
28229 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28231 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28232 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28233 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28252 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28253 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28255 `(category CATEGORY)'
28256 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28257 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28299 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28300 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28302 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28303 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28304 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28305 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28306 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28308 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28309 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28310 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28311 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28313 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28314 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28315 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28316 group number N.
28318 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28319 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28320 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28321 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28322 regular expression.
28324 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28325 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28327 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28328 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28330 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28331 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28333 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28334 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28336 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28337 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28338 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28340 `(* SEXP ...)'
28341 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28342 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28344 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28345 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28346 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28348 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28349 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28350 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28352 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28353 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28355 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28356 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28358 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28359 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28360 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28361 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28363 `(? SEXP ...)'
28364 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28366 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28367 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28369 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28370 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28371 matches N occurrences.
28373 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28374 matches N or more occurrences.
28376 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28377 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28378 matches N to M occurrences.
28380 `(backref N)'
28381 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28383 `(eval FORM)'
28384 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28385 `regexp-quote' it.
28387 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28388 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28390 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28401 ;;;***
28402 \f
28403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28404 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28408 ;;;***
28409 \f
28410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28415 ;;;***
28416 \f
28417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28419 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28423 ;;;***
28424 \f
28425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28426 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28431 ;;;***
28432 \f
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28435 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28437 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28438 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28439 See the `savehist-mode' command
28440 for a description of this minor mode.
28441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28443 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28445 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28447 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28448 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28450 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28451 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28453 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28454 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28455 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28456 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28458 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28459 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28460 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28466 ;;;***
28467 \f
28468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28471 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28472 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28473 See the `save-place-mode' command
28474 for a description of this minor mode.
28475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28477 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28479 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28481 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28482 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28483 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28484 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28488 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28489 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28490 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28491 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28492 even in a later Emacs session.
28494 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28495 the argument is positive.
28497 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28498 file:
28500 \(save-place-mode 1)
28502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28506 ;;;***
28507 \f
28508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28513 ;;;***
28514 \f
28515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28518 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28519 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28520 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28522 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28523 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28524 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28525 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28527 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28529 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28531 Commands:
28532 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28533 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28536 \(fn)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28539 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28540 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28542 Commands:
28543 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28544 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28546 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28547 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28548 that variable's value is a string.
28550 \(fn)" t nil)
28552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28554 ;;;***
28555 \f
28556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28559 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28560 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28561 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28565 \(fn)" t nil)
28567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28569 ;;;***
28570 \f
28571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28574 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28575 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28576 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28577 for a description of this minor mode.
28578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28580 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28582 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28584 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28585 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28590 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28591 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28597 ;;;***
28598 \f
28599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28604 ;;;***
28605 \f
28606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28609 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28610 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28612 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28613 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28614 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28615 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28616 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28626 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28627 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28631 ;;;***
28632 \f
28633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28635 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28637 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28638 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28639 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28641 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28642 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28643 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28644 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28645 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28646 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28647 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28648 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28649 keybinding for tag names.
28650 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28651 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28652 of the symbol under point.
28653 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28654 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28655 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28656 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28657 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28658 syntax tokens.
28659 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28661 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28663 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28664 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28665 See the `semantic-mode' command
28666 for a description of this minor mode.
28667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28669 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28671 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28673 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28674 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28676 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28677 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28679 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28680 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28681 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28682 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28683 Semantic mode.
28687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28691 ;;;***
28692 \f
28693 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28694 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28699 ;;;***
28700 \f
28701 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28702 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28707 ;;;***
28708 \f
28709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28711 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28715 ;;;***
28716 \f
28717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28718 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28723 ;;;***
28724 \f
28725 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28726 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28731 ;;;***
28732 \f
28733 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28734 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
28735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28739 ;;;***
28740 \f
28741 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28742 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28747 ;;;***
28748 \f
28749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28755 ;;;***
28756 \f
28757 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28763 ;;;***
28764 \f
28765 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28771 ;;;***
28772 \f
28773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28774 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28777 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28778 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28780 \(fn)" t nil)
28782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28784 ;;;***
28785 \f
28786 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28787 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28792 ;;;***
28793 \f
28794 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28795 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28800 ;;;***
28801 \f
28802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28803 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28804 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28808 ;;;***
28809 \f
28810 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28816 ;;;***
28817 \f
28818 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28824 ;;;***
28825 \f
28826 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28832 ;;;***
28833 \f
28834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28835 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28836 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28840 ;;;***
28841 \f
28842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28843 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28848 ;;;***
28849 \f
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28851 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28856 ;;;***
28857 \f
28858 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28860 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28864 ;;;***
28865 \f
28866 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28880 ;;;***
28881 \f
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28883 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28888 ;;;***
28889 \f
28890 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28891 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28899 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28904 ;;;***
28905 \f
28906 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28907 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
28908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28915 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28928 ;;;***
28929 \f
28930 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
28932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28936 ;;;***
28937 \f
28938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28944 ;;;***
28945 \f
28946 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28948 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28952 ;;;***
28953 \f
28954 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28956 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28960 ;;;***
28961 \f
28962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28963 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28968 ;;;***
28969 \f
28970 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28971 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
28972 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28976 ;;;***
28977 \f
28978 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28980 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28984 ;;;***
28985 \f
28986 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
28988 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28992 ;;;***
28993 \f
28994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28995 ;;;;;; 0))
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
29000 ;;;***
29001 \f
29002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
29003 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29004 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
29006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
29008 ;;;***
29009 \f
29010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
29011 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
29014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
29016 ;;;***
29017 \f
29018 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
29019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
29022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
29024 ;;;***
29025 \f
29026 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
29027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
29030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
29032 ;;;***
29033 \f
29034 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
29035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
29036 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
29038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
29040 ;;;***
29041 \f
29042 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
29043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
29044 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
29046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
29048 ;;;***
29049 \f
29050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
29051 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
29052 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
29054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
29056 ;;;***
29057 \f
29058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
29059 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29060 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
29062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
29064 ;;;***
29065 \f
29066 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
29067 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
29068 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
29070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
29072 ;;;***
29073 \f
29074 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
29075 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29076 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
29078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
29080 ;;;***
29081 \f
29082 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
29083 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
29086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
29088 ;;;***
29089 \f
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
29091 ;;;;;; 0))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
29094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
29099 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
29102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
29104 ;;;***
29105 \f
29106 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
29107 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
29108 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
29110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
29112 ;;;***
29113 \f
29114 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
29115 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
29116 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
29118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
29120 ;;;***
29121 \f
29122 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
29123 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
29124 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
29126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29128 ;;;***
29129 \f
29130 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29131 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29136 ;;;***
29137 \f
29138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29139 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29144 ;;;***
29145 \f
29146 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29147 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29155 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29160 ;;;***
29161 \f
29162 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29163 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29164 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29168 ;;;***
29169 \f
29170 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29171 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29172 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29176 ;;;***
29177 \f
29178 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29179 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29180 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29184 ;;;***
29185 \f
29186 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29187 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29192 ;;;***
29193 \f
29194 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29196 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29200 ;;;***
29201 \f
29202 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29208 ;;;***
29209 \f
29210 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29216 ;;;***
29217 \f
29218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29219 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29224 ;;;***
29225 \f
29226 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29232 ;;;***
29233 \f
29234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29235 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
29240 ;;;***
29241 \f
29242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29243 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29244 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29248 ;;;***
29249 \f
29250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29251 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29254 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29255 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29257 \(fn)" t nil)
29259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29261 ;;;***
29262 \f
29263 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29265 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29277 ;;;***
29278 \f
29279 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29281 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
29285 ;;;***
29286 \f
29287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29288 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29289 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29298 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
29301 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29302 king@grassland.com
29303 If `parens', they look like:
29304 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29305 If `angles', they look like:
29306 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29308 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29309 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29311 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29313 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29314 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29315 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29316 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29318 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29319 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29320 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29321 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29323 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29325 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29326 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
29327 This is done when the message is initialized,
29328 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
29330 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29332 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29333 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29334 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29336 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29338 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29339 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29340 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29341 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29342 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29343 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29344 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29346 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29348 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29349 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29351 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29353 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29354 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29355 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29356 be a Babyl file.")
29358 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29360 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29361 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29362 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29363 when you first send mail.")
29365 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29367 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29368 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29369 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29370 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29371 This file need not actually exist.")
29373 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29375 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29376 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29378 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29380 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29381 Alist of mail address aliases,
29382 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29383 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29384 can specify a different file name.)
29385 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29386 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29388 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29389 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29390 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29392 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29394 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29395 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29396 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29398 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29400 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29401 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29402 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29403 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29404 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29405 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29406 in the cited portion of the message.
29408 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29409 instead of no action.")
29411 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29413 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29414 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29415 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29416 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29417 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29419 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29421 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29422 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29423 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29424 If a string, that string is inserted.
29426 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29427 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29428 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29430 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29432 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29433 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29435 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29437 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29438 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29439 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29441 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29442 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29444 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29446 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29447 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29448 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29449 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29451 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29453 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29454 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29455 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29457 \(fn)" nil nil)
29459 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29461 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29464 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29466 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29467 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29468 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29473 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29485 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29486 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29488 \(fn)" t nil)
29490 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29491 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29493 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29495 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29497 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29498 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29499 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29500 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29501 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29502 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29504 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29505 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29506 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29508 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29509 User should not set this variable manually,
29510 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29511 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29512 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29514 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29515 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29516 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29517 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29519 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29520 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29525 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29526 to move to message header fields:
29529 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29530 when the message is initialized.
29532 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29533 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29535 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29536 is inserted.
29538 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29539 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29541 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29542 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29543 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29544 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29545 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29546 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29547 buffer without erasing the contents.
29549 The second through fifth arguments,
29550 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29551 the initial contents of those header fields.
29552 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29553 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29554 original message being replied to, or else an action
29555 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29556 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29557 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29558 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29559 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29560 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29562 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29564 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29565 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29567 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29569 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29570 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29572 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29576 ;;;***
29577 \f
29578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29580 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 20)) package--builtin-versions)
29582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29584 ;;;***
29585 \f
29586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29589 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29591 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29593 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29595 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29596 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29597 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29598 changed while a server is running.")
29600 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29602 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29603 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29604 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29606 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29609 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29610 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29612 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29613 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29614 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29619 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29621 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29622 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29623 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29624 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29626 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29628 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29629 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29630 See the `server-mode' command
29631 for a description of this minor mode.
29632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29634 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29636 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29638 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29639 Toggle Server mode.
29640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29642 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29644 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29645 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29646 `server-start' for details.
29648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29650 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29651 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29652 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29654 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29655 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29657 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29661 ;;;***
29662 \f
29663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29666 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29667 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29669 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29670 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29671 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29672 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29673 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29675 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29676 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29677 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29678 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29679 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29680 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29682 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29683 displayed.
29685 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29686 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29687 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29690 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29692 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29693 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29696 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29697 part):
29699 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29700 formula:
29703 \(fn)" t nil)
29705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29707 ;;;***
29708 \f
29709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29710 ;;;;;; 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29713 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29714 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29715 Makes > match <.
29717 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29719 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29720 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29721 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29724 in your init file.
29732 \(fn)" t nil)
29734 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29735 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29736 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29737 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29739 which this is based.
29741 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29743 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29744 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29745 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29746 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29748 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29749 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29750 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29752 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29753 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29754 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29755 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29760 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29764 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29765 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29766 To work around that, do:
29771 \(fn)" t nil)
29773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29775 ;;;***
29776 \f
29777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29778 ;;;;;; 0))
29779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29780 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29781 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29783 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29784 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29785 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29786 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29787 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29788 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29790 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29791 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29792 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29793 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29794 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29796 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29797 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29798 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29811 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29815 would indent to the way it currently is.
29817 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29826 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29827 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29828 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29830 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29831 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29832 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29835 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29837 \(fn)" t nil)
29839 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29843 ;;;***
29844 \f
29845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29848 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29849 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29851 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29852 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29853 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29855 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29856 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29857 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29859 the earlier.
29861 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29865 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29866 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29869 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29870 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29872 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29873 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29874 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29875 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29876 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29877 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29878 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29879 Emacs version).
29881 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29882 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29883 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29884 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29885 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29887 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29888 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29890 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29894 ;;;***
29895 \f
29896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29899 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29900 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29901 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29902 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29903 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29904 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29905 sites in the cluster.
29907 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29909 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29910 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29911 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29912 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29913 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29915 \(fn)" t nil)
29917 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29918 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29919 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29920 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29921 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29922 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29923 `shadow-define-cluster').
29925 \(fn)" t nil)
29927 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29928 Set up file shadowing.
29930 \(fn)" t nil)
29932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29934 ;;;***
29935 \f
29936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29937 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29940 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29941 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29942 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29943 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29944 arguments.")
29946 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29948 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29949 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29950 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29951 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29952 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29954 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29955 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29956 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29957 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29958 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29959 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29960 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29961 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29962 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29963 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29964 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29966 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29969 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29970 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29971 `default-process-coding-system'.
29973 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29974 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29975 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29976 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29980 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29984 ;;;***
29985 \f
29986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29987 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29989 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29990 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29992 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29994 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29995 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29996 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29997 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29999 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
30001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
30003 ;;;***
30004 \f
30005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
30006 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
30008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
30010 ;;;***
30011 \f
30012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
30013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
30015 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
30018 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
30020 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
30023 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30025 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
30028 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30030 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
30033 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
30037 ;;;***
30038 \f
30039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
30040 ;;;;;; 0))
30041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
30043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
30045 ;;;***
30046 \f
30047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
30050 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
30051 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
30052 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
30053 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
30054 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
30056 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
30058 \(fn)" t nil)
30060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
30065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
30067 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
30068 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
30070 Variables controlling indentation style:
30071 `simula-tab-always-indent'
30072 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
30073 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30074 `simula-indent-level'
30075 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
30076 `simula-substatement-offset'
30077 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
30078 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
30079 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
30080 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
30081 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
30082 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
30083 `simula-label-offset' -4711
30084 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
30085 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
30086 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
30087 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
30088 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
30089 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
30090 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
30091 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
30092 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
30093 `simula-electric-indent' nil
30094 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
30095 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
30096 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
30097 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
30098 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
30099 or nil if they should not be changed.
30100 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
30101 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
30102 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
30103 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
30105 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
30106 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
30108 \(fn)" t nil)
30110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
30112 ;;;***
30113 \f
30114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
30117 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
30118 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
30120 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
30121 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
30122 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
30123 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
30125 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30127 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30129 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30130 Insert SKELETON.
30131 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30132 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30133 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30134 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30137 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30138 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30140 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30142 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30143 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30145 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30146 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30147 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30148 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30150 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30151 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30152 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30153 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30155 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30156 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30157 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30159 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30160 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30161 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30163 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30164 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30166 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30167 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30170 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30171 is at bol/eol
30172 _ interesting point, interregion here
30173 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30174 interesting point set by _
30175 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30176 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30177 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30178 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30179 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30180 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30181 nil skipped
30183 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30184 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30187 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30189 as the first element when at bol.
30191 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30192 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30193 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30195 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30197 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30198 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30200 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30201 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30202 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30203 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30204 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30205 available:
30207 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30208 then: insert previously read string once more
30209 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30210 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30211 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30213 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30215 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30216 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30218 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30219 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30220 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30221 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30222 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30223 such as backslash.
30225 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30226 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30227 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30228 twice for the others.
30230 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30234 ;;;***
30235 \f
30236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30239 (autoload 'smerge-refine-regions "smerge-mode" "\
30240 Show fine differences in the two regions BEG1..END1 and BEG2..END2.
30241 PROPS-C is an alist of properties to put (via overlays) on the changes.
30242 PROPS-R is an alist of properties to put on removed characters.
30243 PROPS-A is an alist of properties to put on added characters.
30244 If PROPS-R and PROPS-A are nil, put PROPS-C on all changes.
30245 If PROPS-C is nil, but PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil,
30246 put PROPS-A on added characters, PROPS-R on removed characters.
30247 If PROPS-C, PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil, put PROPS-C on changed characters,
30248 PROPS-A on added characters, and PROPS-R on removed characters.
30250 If non-nil, PREPROC is called with no argument in a buffer that contains
30251 a copy of a region, just before preparing it to for `diff'. It can be
30252 used to replace chars to try and eliminate some spurious differences.
30254 \(fn BEG1 END1 BEG2 END2 PROPS-C &optional PREPROC PROPS-R PROPS-A)" nil nil)
30256 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30257 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30258 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30259 buffer names.
30261 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30263 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30264 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30266 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30267 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30272 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30273 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30274 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30276 \(fn)" t nil)
30278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30280 ;;;***
30281 \f
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30287 ;;;***
30288 \f
30289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30292 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30293 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30294 A list of images is returned.
30296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30298 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30299 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30300 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
30306 ;;;***
30307 \f
30308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30313 ;;;***
30314 \f
30315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30318 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30321 \(fn)" nil nil)
30323 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30324 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30326 \(fn)" t nil)
30328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30330 ;;;***
30331 \f
30332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30335 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30336 Play the Snake game.
30337 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30339 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30341 Snake mode keybindings:
30351 \(fn)" t nil)
30353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30355 ;;;***
30356 \f
30357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30360 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30361 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30362 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30363 Tab indents for C code.
30364 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30365 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30367 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30368 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30370 \(fn)" t nil)
30372 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30373 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30374 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30375 Tab indents for C code.
30376 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30377 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30379 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30380 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30382 \(fn)" t nil)
30384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30386 ;;;***
30387 \f
30388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30390 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
30392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30394 ;;;***
30395 \f
30396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30397 ;;;;;; 0))
30398 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30402 ;;;***
30403 \f
30404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30409 ;;;***
30410 \f
30411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30412 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30414 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30415 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30416 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30417 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30418 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30420 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30426 ;;;***
30427 \f
30428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30431 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30432 Play Solitaire.
30436 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30440 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30441 check after each move or undo.)
30443 What is Solitaire?
30445 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30446 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30447 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30449 Le Solitaire
30450 ============
30452 o o o
30454 o o o
30456 o o o o o o o
30458 o o o . o o o
30460 o o o o o o o
30462 o o o
30464 o o o
30466 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30467 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30468 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30469 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30471 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30472 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30473 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30474 this: o o .
30476 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30477 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30479 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30481 o o o
30483 . o o
30485 o o . o o o o
30487 o . o o o o o
30489 o o o o o o o
30491 o o o
30493 o o o
30495 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30503 ;;;***
30504 \f
30505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30507 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30509 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30510 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30512 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30513 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30514 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30515 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30516 contiguous.
30518 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30519 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30520 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30521 the sort order.
30523 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30524 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30526 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30527 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30528 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30529 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30530 is called.
30532 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30533 It should move point to the end of the record.
30535 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30536 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30537 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30538 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30539 starts at the beginning of the record.
30541 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30542 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30543 same as ENDRECFUN.
30545 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30546 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30547 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30548 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30549 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30550 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30551 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30553 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30555 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30556 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30558 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30560 the sort order.
30562 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30564 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30565 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30566 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30567 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30568 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30569 the sort order.
30571 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30573 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30574 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30575 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30576 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30577 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30578 the sort order.
30580 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30581 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30583 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30584 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30585 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30586 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30588 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30589 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30591 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30593 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30595 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30596 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30597 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30598 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30599 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30600 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30601 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30602 the sort order.
30604 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30606 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30607 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30608 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30609 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30611 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30614 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30615 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30617 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30619 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30620 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30621 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30623 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30625 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30626 the sort order.
30628 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30632 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30634 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30635 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30636 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30637 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30638 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30639 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30640 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30641 the sort order.
30643 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30644 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30645 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30646 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30649 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30651 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30652 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30653 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30655 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30657 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30658 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30659 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30660 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30661 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30662 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30663 each repeated line.
30665 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30666 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30667 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30668 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30670 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30671 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30673 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30674 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30676 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30680 ;;;***
30681 \f
30682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30683 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30687 ;;;***
30688 \f
30689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30692 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30693 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30694 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30695 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30696 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30697 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30699 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30703 ;;;***
30704 \f
30705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30706 ;;;;;; 0))
30707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30709 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30710 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30712 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30713 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30714 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30716 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30718 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30719 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30720 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30721 server.
30723 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30725 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30726 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30727 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30729 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30731 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30732 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30734 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30735 Agent is plugged.
30737 \(fn)" t nil)
30739 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30740 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30741 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30744 \(fn)" t nil)
30746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30748 ;;;***
30749 \f
30750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30755 ;;;***
30756 \f
30757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30762 ;;;***
30763 \f
30764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30765 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30767 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30769 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30770 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30771 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30772 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30773 supported at a time.
30774 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30775 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30779 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30780 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30781 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30782 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30784 \(fn)" t nil)
30786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30788 ;;;***
30789 \f
30790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30793 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30794 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30796 \(fn)" t nil)
30798 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30799 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30801 \(fn)" nil nil)
30803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30805 ;;;***
30806 \f
30807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30809 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30811 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30812 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30814 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30815 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30816 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30817 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30818 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30819 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30820 of the current highlighting list.
30822 For example:
30827 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30828 `_t' as data types.
30830 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30832 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30833 Major mode to edit SQL.
30835 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30837 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30840 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30842 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30843 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30846 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30849 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30850 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30852 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30853 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30854 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30857 (lambda ()
30860 \(fn)" t nil)
30862 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30863 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30865 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30866 their settings.
30868 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30869 is specified in the connection settings.
30871 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30873 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30874 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30876 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30877 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30879 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30886 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30888 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30889 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30891 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30892 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30893 `*SQL*'.
30895 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30896 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30897 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30898 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30900 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30901 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30906 buffer.
30908 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30911 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30912 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30913 `default-process-coding-system'.
30917 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30919 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30920 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30924 `*SQL*'.
30926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30927 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30928 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30929 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30931 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30937 buffer.
30939 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30942 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30943 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30944 `default-process-coding-system'.
30948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30950 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30951 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30953 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30954 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30955 `*SQL*'.
30957 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30958 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30960 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30961 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30966 buffer.
30968 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30971 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30972 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30973 `default-process-coding-system'.
30977 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30979 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30980 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30982 SQLite is free software.
30984 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30985 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30986 `*SQL*'.
30988 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30989 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30990 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30991 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30993 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30994 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30999 buffer.
31001 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31004 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31005 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31006 `default-process-coding-system'.
31010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31012 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
31013 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
31015 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
31017 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31018 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31019 `*SQL*'.
31021 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
31022 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31023 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31024 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
31026 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31032 buffer.
31034 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31037 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31038 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31039 `default-process-coding-system'.
31043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31045 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
31046 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
31048 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31049 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31050 `*SQL*'.
31052 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
31053 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
31054 defaults, if set.
31056 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31057 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31062 buffer.
31064 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31067 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31068 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31069 `default-process-coding-system'.
31073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31075 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
31076 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
31078 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31079 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31080 `*SQL*'.
31082 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
31083 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31085 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31091 buffer.
31093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31096 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31098 `default-process-coding-system'.
31102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31104 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
31105 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
31107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31109 `*SQL*'.
31111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
31112 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
31113 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
31114 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
31116 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31117 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31122 buffer.
31124 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31127 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31128 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31129 `default-process-coding-system'.
31133 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31135 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
31136 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
31138 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31139 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31140 `*SQL*'.
31142 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
31143 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31144 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31145 `sql-postgres-options'.
31147 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31148 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31153 buffer.
31155 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31158 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31159 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31160 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31161 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31162 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31164 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31171 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31172 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31174 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31175 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31176 `*SQL*'.
31178 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31179 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31180 defaults, if set.
31182 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31183 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31188 buffer.
31190 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31193 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31194 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31195 `default-process-coding-system'.
31199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31201 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31202 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31206 `*SQL*'.
31208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31209 automatic login.
31211 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31212 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31215 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31216 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31217 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31222 buffer.
31224 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31227 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31228 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31229 `default-process-coding-system'.
31233 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31235 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31236 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31238 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31239 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31240 `*SQL*'.
31242 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31243 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31244 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31245 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31246 parameters.
31248 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31249 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31250 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31251 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31252 an empty password.
31254 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31255 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31260 buffer.
31264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31266 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31267 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31273 ;;;***
31274 \f
31275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31276 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31277 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31281 ;;;***
31282 \f
31283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31284 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31289 ;;;***
31290 \f
31291 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31292 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31293 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31297 ;;;***
31298 \f
31299 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31300 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31301 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31305 ;;;***
31306 \f
31307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31308 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31309 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31313 ;;;***
31314 \f
31315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31316 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31317 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31321 ;;;***
31322 \f
31323 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31324 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31325 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31329 ;;;***
31330 \f
31331 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31332 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31333 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31337 ;;;***
31338 \f
31339 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31340 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31341 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31345 ;;;***
31346 \f
31347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31348 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31349 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31353 ;;;***
31354 \f
31355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31356 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31361 ;;;***
31362 \f
31363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31364 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31369 ;;;***
31370 \f
31371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31372 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31377 ;;;***
31378 \f
31379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31380 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31385 ;;;***
31386 \f
31387 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31388 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31393 ;;;***
31394 \f
31395 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31396 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31401 ;;;***
31402 \f
31403 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31404 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31409 ;;;***
31410 \f
31411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31412 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31413 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31417 ;;;***
31418 \f
31419 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31420 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31425 ;;;***
31426 \f
31427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31428 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31429 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31431 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31432 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31434 \(fn)" t nil)
31436 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31440 ;;;***
31441 \f
31442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31443 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31448 ;;;***
31449 \f
31450 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31451 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31452 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31456 ;;;***
31457 \f
31458 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31459 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31460 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31464 ;;;***
31465 \f
31466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31467 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31469 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31470 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31471 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31472 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31473 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31474 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31475 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31476 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31477 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31478 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31479 with any buffer
31480 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31481 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31482 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31483 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31485 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31489 ;;;***
31490 \f
31491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31492 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31494 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31495 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31496 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31497 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31498 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31499 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31501 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31503 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31505 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31506 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31507 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31508 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31509 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31510 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31511 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31513 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31515 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31516 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31517 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31518 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31519 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31520 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31521 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31523 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31525 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31526 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31527 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31529 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31531 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31532 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31533 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31535 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31537 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31538 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31540 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31542 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31543 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31545 \(fn)" t nil)
31547 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31548 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31550 \(fn)" t nil)
31552 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31553 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31555 by command name.
31556 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31558 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31560 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31561 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31562 See the `strokes-mode' command
31563 for a description of this minor mode.
31564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31566 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31568 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31570 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31571 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31572 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31573 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31574 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31577 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31582 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31591 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31592 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31593 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31594 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31596 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31598 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31599 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31601 \(fn)" t nil)
31603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31605 ;;;***
31606 \f
31607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31610 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31611 Studlify-case the region.
31613 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31615 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31616 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31618 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31620 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31621 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31623 \(fn)" t nil)
31625 ;;;***
31626 \f
31627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "and-let*" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31632 ;;;***
31633 \f
31634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31637 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31639 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31640 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31642 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31643 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31645 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31646 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31647 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31650 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31651 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31652 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31654 Nomenclature Subwords
31655 ===========================================================
31660 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31661 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31667 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31668 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31669 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31670 for a description of this minor mode.
31671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31673 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31675 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31677 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31678 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31679 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31680 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31681 ARG is omitted or nil.
31683 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31684 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31685 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31690 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31695 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31696 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31697 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31704 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31705 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31706 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31707 for a description of this minor mode.
31708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31709 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31710 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31712 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31714 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31715 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31716 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31717 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31718 ARG is omitted or nil.
31720 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31721 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31722 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31728 ;;;***
31729 \f
31730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31733 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31734 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31735 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31736 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31737 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31738 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31739 original message but it does require a few things:
31741 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31743 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31744 reply buffer.
31746 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31747 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31748 original message.
31750 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31752 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31754 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31755 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31756 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31758 \(fn)" nil nil)
31760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31762 ;;;***
31763 \f
31764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31769 ;;;***
31770 \f
31771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31772 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31774 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31776 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31777 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31778 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31779 for a description of this minor mode.
31780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31782 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31784 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31786 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31787 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31788 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31789 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31790 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31792 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31793 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31794 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31796 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31797 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31798 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31804 ;;;***
31805 \f
31806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31807 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31809 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31810 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31811 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31812 buffer.
31814 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31815 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31816 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31818 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31820 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31821 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31822 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31823 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31824 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31825 buffer.
31827 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31828 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31829 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31831 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31835 ;;;***
31836 \f
31837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31840 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31841 Insert an editable text table.
31842 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31843 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31844 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31845 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31846 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31847 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31848 delimiting them.
31850 Examples:
31854 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31855 location of point.
31857 -!-
31860 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31861 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31862 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31863 first cell.
31865 +-----+-----+-----+
31866 |-!- | | |
31867 +-----+-----+-----+
31871 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31872 width, which results as
31874 +--------------+-----+-----+
31875 |-!- | | |
31876 +--------------+-----+-----+
31878 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31879 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31881 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31882 | | |-!- |
31883 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31885 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31886 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31887 width information to `table-insert'.
31889 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31891 instead of
31893 Cell width(s): 5
31895 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31896 work all together.
31898 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31902 |-!- | | |
31903 | | | |
31904 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31908 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31909 |-!- | | |
31910 | | | |
31911 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31912 | | | |
31913 | | | |
31914 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31916 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31918 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31919 | | | |
31920 | | | |
31921 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31922 | | | |
31923 | | | |
31924 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31925 -!-
31927 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31928 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31929 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31931 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31932 | | | |
31933 | | | |
31934 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31935 | | | |
31936 | | | |
31937 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31938 |-!- | | |
31939 | | | |
31940 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31942 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31943 results.
31945 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31946 | | | |
31947 | | | |
31948 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31949 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31950 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31951 | | |expected results.-!- |
31952 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31953 | | | |
31954 | | | |
31955 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31957 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31961 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31963 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31964 Insert N table row(s).
31965 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31966 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31967 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31968 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31970 \(fn N)" t nil)
31972 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31973 Insert N table column(s).
31974 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31975 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31976 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31977 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31979 \(fn N)" t nil)
31981 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31982 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31983 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31985 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31987 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31988 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31989 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31990 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31991 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31992 all the table specific features.
31994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31996 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31999 \(fn)" t nil)
32001 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
32002 Recognize all tables within region.
32003 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
32004 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
32005 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
32006 specific features.
32008 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32010 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
32013 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32015 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
32016 Recognize a table at point.
32017 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
32018 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
32019 the table specific features.
32021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32023 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
32026 \(fn)" t nil)
32028 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
32029 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
32030 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
32031 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
32032 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
32033 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
32034 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
32036 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
32038 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
32041 \(fn)" t nil)
32043 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
32044 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
32045 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
32046 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
32047 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
32048 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
32049 specified.
32051 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32053 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
32054 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
32055 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
32056 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
32057 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
32058 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
32059 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
32060 table structure.
32062 \(fn N)" t nil)
32064 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
32065 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
32066 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
32067 table's rectangle structure.
32069 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32071 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
32072 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
32073 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
32074 table's rectangle structure.
32076 \(fn N)" t nil)
32078 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
32079 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
32080 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32081 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
32082 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
32084 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
32086 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
32090 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
32091 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
32092 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
32093 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
32094 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
32095 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
32096 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
32098 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32099 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
32100 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
32101 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
32102 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
32103 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
32104 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32106 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
32107 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
32108 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
32109 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
32110 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
32111 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
32112 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
32113 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32115 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
32117 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
32118 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
32119 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32120 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
32122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32124 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
32125 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
32126 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
32128 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
32130 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
32131 Split current cell vertically.
32132 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
32134 \(fn)" t nil)
32136 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
32137 Split current cell horizontally.
32138 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
32140 \(fn)" t nil)
32142 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
32143 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32144 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32146 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32148 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32149 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32150 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32151 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32153 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32155 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32156 Justify cell contents.
32157 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32158 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32159 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32160 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32162 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32164 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32165 Justify cells of a row.
32166 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32167 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32169 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32171 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32172 Justify cells of a column.
32173 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32174 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32176 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32178 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32179 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32180 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32181 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32182 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32183 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32184 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32186 run-time.
32188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32190 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32191 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32192 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32193 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32194 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32195 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32196 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32197 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32198 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32199 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32200 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32202 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32204 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32205 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32206 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32207 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32208 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32209 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32210 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32211 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32212 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32213 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32214 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32215 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32216 untouched.
32218 References used for this implementation:
32220 HTML:
32221 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32223 LaTeX:
32224 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32226 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32227 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32228 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32230 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32232 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32233 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32234 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32235 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32236 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32237 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32238 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32239 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32240 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32241 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32242 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32243 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32244 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32245 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32246 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32247 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32248 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32250 Example:
32252 (progn
32253 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32254 (table-forward-cell 15)
32256 (table-forward-cell 16)
32258 (table-forward-cell 1)
32261 (progn
32262 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32264 (table-forward-cell 1)
32267 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32269 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32270 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32271 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32272 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32273 consists from cells of same height.
32275 \(fn N)" t nil)
32277 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32278 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32279 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32280 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32281 column must consists from cells of same width.
32283 \(fn N)" t nil)
32285 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32286 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32287 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32288 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32289 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32290 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32291 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32292 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32293 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32294 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32295 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32296 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32297 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32298 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32299 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32302 Example 1:
32304 1, 2, 3, 4
32305 5, 6, 7, 8
32306 , 9, 10
32308 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32310 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32311 specified as 5.
32313 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32314 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32315 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32316 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32317 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32318 | | 9 | 10 | |
32319 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32321 Note:
32325 of each row is optional.
32328 Example 2:
32330 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32331 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32332 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32333 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32334 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32336 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32337 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32339 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32340 expression and raw delimiter regular
32341 expression, it parses the specified text
32342 area and extracts cell items from
32343 non-table text and then forms a table out
32344 of them.
32346 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32347 creates a single cell table. The text in
32348 the specified region is placed in that
32349 cell.-*-
32351 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32352 like this.
32354 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32355 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32356 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32357 | |
32358 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32359 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32360 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32361 | area and extracts cell items from |
32362 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32363 | of them. |
32364 | |
32365 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32366 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32367 | the specified region is placed in that |
32368 | cell. |
32369 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32371 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32372 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32373 independently.
32375 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32376 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32377 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32378 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32379 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32380 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32381 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32382 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32383 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32384 | |of them. |
32385 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32386 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32387 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32388 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32389 | |cell. |
32390 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32392 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32393 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32394 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32396 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32398 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32399 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32400 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32401 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32402 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32404 \(fn)" t nil)
32406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32408 ;;;***
32409 \f
32410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32411 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32413 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32415 ;;;***
32416 \f
32417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32418 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32420 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32421 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32423 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32425 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32426 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32428 \(fn)" t nil)
32430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32432 ;;;***
32433 \f
32434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32435 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32437 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32438 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32439 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32440 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32441 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32442 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32443 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32445 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32447 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32448 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32450 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32453 \(fn)" t nil)
32455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32457 ;;;***
32458 \f
32459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32462 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32463 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32464 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32465 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32466 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32467 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32469 Variables controlling indentation style:
32470 `tcl-indent-level'
32471 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32472 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32473 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32475 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32476 documentation for details):
32477 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32478 Controls action of TAB key.
32479 `tcl-auto-newline'
32480 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32481 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32482 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32483 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32484 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32486 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32487 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32488 already exist.
32490 \(fn)" t nil)
32492 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32493 Run inferior Tcl process.
32494 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32495 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32497 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32499 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32500 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32501 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32503 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32507 ;;;***
32508 \f
32509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32510 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32515 ;;;***
32516 \f
32517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32518 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32523 ;;;***
32524 \f
32525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32528 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32529 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32530 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32533 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32534 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32535 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32536 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32537 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32539 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32541 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32542 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32543 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32544 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32546 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32550 ;;;***
32551 \f
32552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32553 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32557 ;;;***
32558 \f
32559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32560 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32562 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32563 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32564 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32565 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32566 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32567 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32569 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32571 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32572 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32573 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32574 commands to use in that buffer.
32578 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32580 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32581 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32583 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32585 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32586 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32587 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32590 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32591 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32592 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32593 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32594 use in that buffer.
32597 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32601 ;;;***
32602 \f
32603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32604 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32607 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32608 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
32609 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
32610 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
32611 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
32613 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32615 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32616 Start coverage on function under point.
32618 \(fn)" t nil)
32620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32622 ;;;***
32623 \f
32624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32626 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32628 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32629 Play the Tetris game.
32630 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32631 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32632 as to form complete rows.
32634 tetris-mode keybindings:
32645 \(fn)" t nil)
32647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32649 ;;;***
32650 \f
32651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32654 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32655 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32657 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32659 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32660 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32661 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32665 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32667 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32668 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32669 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32670 if it matches the first line of the file,
32671 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32673 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32675 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32676 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32677 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32678 if the variable is non-nil.")
32680 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32682 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32685 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32687 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32688 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32689 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32690 See the documentation of that variable.")
32692 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32694 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32695 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32696 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32697 See the documentation of that variable.")
32699 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32701 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32702 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32703 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32704 See the documentation of that variable.")
32706 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32708 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32709 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32710 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32711 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32712 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32714 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32717 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32718 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32719 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32721 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32723 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32724 User defined LaTeX block names.
32725 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32727 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32729 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32730 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32731 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32732 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32734 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32736 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32738 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32739 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32741 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32743 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32745 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32746 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32748 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32749 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32750 for example,
32752 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32756 use.")
32758 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32760 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32762 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32763 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32764 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32766 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32768 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32770 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32774 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32776 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32777 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32778 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32779 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32780 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32782 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32784 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32787 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32789 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32792 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32794 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32795 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32796 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32797 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32798 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32799 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32800 says which mode to use.
32802 \(fn)" t nil)
32804 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32806 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32808 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32810 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32811 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32812 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32817 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32825 mismatched $'s or braces.
32827 Special commands:
32830 Mode variables:
32831 tex-run-command
32833 tex-directory
32834 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32836 tex-dvi-print-command
32838 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32840 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32841 tex-dvi-view-command
32843 tex-show-queue-command
32847 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32848 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32849 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32851 \(fn)" t nil)
32853 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32854 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32855 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32868 mismatched $'s or braces.
32870 Special commands:
32873 Mode variables:
32874 latex-run-command
32876 tex-directory
32877 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32879 tex-dvi-print-command
32881 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32883 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32884 tex-dvi-view-command
32886 tex-show-queue-command
32890 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32891 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32892 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32894 \(fn)" t nil)
32896 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32897 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32898 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32911 mismatched $'s or braces.
32913 Special commands:
32916 Mode variables:
32917 slitex-run-command
32919 tex-directory
32920 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32922 tex-dvi-print-command
32924 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32926 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32927 tex-dvi-view-command
32929 tex-show-queue-command
32933 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32934 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32935 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32936 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32938 \(fn)" t nil)
32940 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32943 \(fn)" nil nil)
32945 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32946 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32948 \(fn)" t nil)
32950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32952 ;;;***
32953 \f
32954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32955 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32957 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32958 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32959 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32960 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32962 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32963 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32964 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32966 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32968 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32969 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32970 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32972 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32974 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32976 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32977 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32978 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32979 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32981 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32982 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32983 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32984 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32986 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32987 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32989 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32993 ;;;***
32994 \f
32995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32996 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32998 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33001 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
33003 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33006 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
33008 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
33009 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
33011 It has these extra commands:
33014 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
33016 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
33017 modified version of TeX input format.
33019 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
33020 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
33021 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
33025 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
33026 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
33027 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
33028 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
33030 in the Texinfo file.
33032 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
33033 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
33034 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
33036 move forward past the closing brace.
33038 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
33039 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
33041 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
33042 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
33043 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
33045 Here are the functions:
33049 texinfo-sequential-node-update
33053 texinfo-master-menu
33055 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
33057 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
33058 which menu descriptions are indented.
33060 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
33061 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
33062 in the region.
33064 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
33065 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
33066 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
33067 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
33069 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
33070 be the first node in the file.
33072 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
33073 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
33075 \(fn)" t nil)
33077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
33079 ;;;***
33080 \f
33081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
33082 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33083 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
33085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
33087 ;;;***
33088 \f
33089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
33090 ;;;;;; 0))
33091 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
33093 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
33094 Compose Thai characters in the region.
33095 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
33096 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
33098 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33100 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
33101 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
33103 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
33105 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
33106 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
33108 \(fn)" t nil)
33110 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
33113 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
33115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
33117 ;;;***
33118 \f
33119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
33120 ;;;;;; 0))
33121 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
33123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
33125 ;;;***
33126 \f
33127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33128 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
33130 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
33131 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
33132 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33133 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33134 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33135 `line', and `page'.
33137 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
33139 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33140 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
33141 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33142 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33143 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33144 `line', and `page'.
33146 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33147 valid THING.
33149 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33150 positions of the thing found.
33152 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33154 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33155 Return the THING at point.
33156 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33157 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33158 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33159 `line', `number', and `page'.
33161 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33162 strip text properties from the return value.
33164 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33165 a symbol as a valid THING.
33167 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33169 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33170 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33172 \(fn)" nil nil)
33174 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33175 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33177 \(fn)" nil nil)
33179 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33180 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33182 \(fn)" nil nil)
33184 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33185 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33187 \(fn)" nil nil)
33189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
33191 ;;;***
33192 \f
33193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33194 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33196 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33197 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33199 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33201 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33202 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33203 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33204 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33206 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33208 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33209 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33211 \(fn)" t nil)
33213 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33214 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33216 \(fn)" t nil)
33218 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33220 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33221 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33223 \(fn)" t nil)
33225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33227 ;;;***
33228 \f
33229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33231 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33235 ;;;***
33236 \f
33237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33238 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33241 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33242 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33243 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33245 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33247 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33248 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33250 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33252 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33253 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33254 The returned string has no composition information.
33256 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33258 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33259 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33261 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33263 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33264 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33268 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33269 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33270 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33271 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33275 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33276 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33277 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33278 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33280 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33282 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33283 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33284 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33286 \(fn)" t nil)
33288 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33289 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33290 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33292 \(fn)" t nil)
33294 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33297 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33299 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33302 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33304 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33307 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33311 ;;;***
33312 \f
33313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33315 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33317 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33318 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33319 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33320 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33321 parameters.
33322 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33323 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33324 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33326 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33328 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33329 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33330 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33331 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33332 parameters.
33333 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33334 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33335 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33337 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33339 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33340 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33342 If
33343 * character before point is a space character,
33345 constituent),
33346 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33347 characters) from before the space character, and
33348 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33349 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33350 return t.
33352 Otherwise, if
33353 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33354 * character before point is a space character, and
33355 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33356 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33357 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33359 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33361 \(fn)" t nil)
33363 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33364 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33366 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33367 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33368 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33369 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33371 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33372 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33373 variable will be set to the representation.
33375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33379 ;;;***
33380 \f
33381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33382 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33384 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33387 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33388 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33390 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33391 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33392 This display updates automatically every minute.
33393 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33394 are displayed as well.
33395 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33397 \(fn)" t nil)
33399 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33400 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33401 See the `display-time-mode' command
33402 for a description of this minor mode.
33403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33405 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33407 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33409 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33410 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33412 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33413 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33415 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33416 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33417 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33418 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33419 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33423 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33424 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33425 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33426 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33428 \(fn)" t nil)
33430 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33431 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33432 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33435 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33437 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33438 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33440 \(fn)" t nil)
33442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33444 ;;;***
33445 \f
33446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33447 ;;;;;; 0))
33448 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33450 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33451 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33452 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33454 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33456 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33458 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33459 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33461 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33463 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33464 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33466 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33468 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33469 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33470 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33472 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33474 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33476 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33477 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33478 DATE should be a date-time string.
33480 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33482 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33483 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33484 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33486 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33488 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33489 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33491 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33493 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33494 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33496 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33498 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33499 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33500 TIME should be a time value.
33501 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33503 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33505 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33506 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33507 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33509 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33511 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33512 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33513 The valid format specifiers are:
33514 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33515 %d is the number of days.
33516 %h is the number of hours.
33517 %m is the number of minutes.
33518 %s is the number of seconds.
33519 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33523 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33531 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33533 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33535 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33537 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33538 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33540 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33544 ;;;***
33545 \f
33546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33547 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33548 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33549 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33550 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33551 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33552 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33553 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33554 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33555 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33557 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33558 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33559 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33560 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33562 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33563 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33564 look like one of the following:
33565 Time-stamp: <>
33567 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33568 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33569 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33570 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33571 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33572 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33573 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33574 the template.
33576 \(fn)" t nil)
33578 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33580 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33586 ;;;***
33587 \f
33588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33589 ;;;;;; 0))
33590 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33591 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33593 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33594 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33595 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33596 for a description of this minor mode.
33597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33598 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33599 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33601 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33603 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33604 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33605 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33606 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33607 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33608 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33609 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33610 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33611 display (non-nil means on).
33613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33615 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33616 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33617 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33618 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33619 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33620 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33621 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33622 this function is called within a day.
33624 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33625 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33626 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33627 discover the name of the project.
33629 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33631 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33632 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33633 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33634 begun during the last time segment.
33636 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33637 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33638 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33639 discover the reason.
33641 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33643 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33644 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33645 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33646 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33647 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33649 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33651 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33652 Change to working on a different project.
33653 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33654 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33655 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33656 working on.
33658 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33660 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33661 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33662 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33664 \(fn)" nil nil)
33666 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33667 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33668 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33670 \(fn)" t nil)
33672 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33673 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33674 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33675 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33676 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33679 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33681 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33682 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33683 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33684 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33686 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33688 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33689 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33690 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33691 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33692 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33693 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33695 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33699 ;;;***
33700 \f
33701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33702 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33705 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33706 List all timers in a buffer.
33708 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33709 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33713 ;;;***
33714 \f
33715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33716 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33720 ;;;***
33721 \f
33722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33723 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33726 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33727 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33728 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33729 the generated Quail package is saved.
33731 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33733 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33734 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33735 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33736 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33741 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33745 ;;;***
33746 \f
33747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33748 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33752 ;;;***
33753 \f
33754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33755 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33756 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33757 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33759 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33760 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33761 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33762 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33763 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33766 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33767 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33769 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33771 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33772 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33773 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33774 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33775 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33777 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33779 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33780 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33781 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33782 in the menu in two ways:
33783 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33784 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33785 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33787 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33788 keymap or an alist of alists.
33789 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33790 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33792 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33796 ;;;***
33797 \f
33798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33799 ;;;;;; 0))
33800 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33802 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33803 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33805 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33806 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33807 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33808 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33809 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33810 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33811 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33812 file was last visited.
33814 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33815 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33816 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33817 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33818 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33819 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33820 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33821 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33822 for the first item.
33824 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33825 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33826 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33827 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33828 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33829 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33830 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33831 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33833 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33834 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33836 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33837 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33839 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33841 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33842 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33846 \(fn)" t nil)
33848 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33849 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33853 \(fn)" t nil)
33855 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33856 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33860 \(fn)" t nil)
33862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33864 ;;;***
33865 \f
33866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33867 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33869 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33870 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33871 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33875 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33876 Add an item to the tool bar.
33877 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33878 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33879 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33880 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33882 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33883 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33884 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33885 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33887 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33888 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33890 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33892 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33893 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33894 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33895 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33896 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33897 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33899 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33900 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33901 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33902 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33904 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33906 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33907 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33908 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33909 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33910 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33911 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33912 properties to add to the binding.
33914 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33916 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33917 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33919 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33921 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33922 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33923 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33924 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33925 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33926 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33927 properties to add to the binding.
33929 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33930 holds a keymap.
33932 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33936 ;;;***
33937 \f
33938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33939 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33943 ;;;***
33944 \f
33945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33948 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33949 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33950 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33951 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33952 to a tcp server on another machine.
33954 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33958 ;;;***
33959 \f
33960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33963 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33964 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33966 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33968 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33969 Helper function to get internal values.
33970 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33972 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33974 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33975 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33976 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33977 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33979 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33980 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33981 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33982 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33983 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33985 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33986 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33987 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33988 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33990 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33992 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33994 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33995 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33996 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33997 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33999 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34001 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
34003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
34005 ;;;***
34006 \f
34007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
34010 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
34011 Whether Tramp is enabled.
34012 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
34014 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
34016 (defvar tramp-syntax 'default "\
34017 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
34019 It can have the following values:
34021 `default' -- Default syntax
34022 `simplified' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
34023 `separate' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally
34025 Do not change the value by `setq', it must be changed only by
34026 `custom-set-variables'. See also `tramp-change-syntax'.")
34028 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" nil)
34031 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34032 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34034 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp tramp-initial-file-name-regexp "\
34035 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34036 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34038 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-default (concat "\\`/\\(" "\\([^/|:]+:[^/|:]*|\\)*" (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\(-\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}\\)" "[^/|:]+") "\\(:[^/|:]*\\)?" "\\)?\\'") "\
34039 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for default remoting.
34040 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
34042 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
34044 (defconst tramp-initial-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-default "\
34045 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34046 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34048 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
34049 Alist of completion handler functions.
34050 Used for file names matching `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp'.
34051 Operations not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file
34052 name handler functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
34054 (autoload 'tramp-completion-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
34055 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
34056 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
34058 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34060 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
34061 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" (quote noerror) (quote nomessage))) (apply operation args))
34063 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34064 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-initial-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-initial-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote operations) (mapcar (quote car) tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist)))
34066 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
34068 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
34069 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'.
34071 \(fn)" nil nil)
34073 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
34074 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.")
34076 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
34077 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
34079 \(fn)" t nil)
34081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
34083 ;;;***
34084 \f
34085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
34088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
34090 ;;;***
34091 \f
34092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
34095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
34097 ;;;***
34098 \f
34099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
34100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
34102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
34104 ;;;***
34105 \f
34106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
34107 ;;;;;; 0))
34108 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
34110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
34112 ;;;***
34113 \f
34114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
34117 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
34118 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
34120 \(fn)" nil nil)
34122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34124 ;;;***
34125 \f
34126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
34131 ;;;***
34132 \f
34133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34138 ;;;***
34139 \f
34140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34141 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34145 ;;;***
34146 \f
34147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34152 ;;;***
34153 \f
34154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34156 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 2)) package--builtin-versions)
34158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34160 ;;;***
34161 \f
34162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34163 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34167 ;;;***
34168 \f
34169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34170 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34172 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34173 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34174 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34175 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34176 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34177 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34178 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34179 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34181 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34182 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34183 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34185 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34186 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34187 resumed later.
34189 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34193 ;;;***
34194 \f
34195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34196 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34198 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34201 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34205 ;;;***
34206 \f
34207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34208 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34210 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34211 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34212 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34214 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34215 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34218 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34219 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34220 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34222 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34224 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34225 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34226 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34227 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34231 \(fn)" t nil)
34233 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34234 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34235 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34236 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34237 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34238 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34239 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34241 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34242 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34244 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34255 ;;;***
34256 \f
34257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34258 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34260 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34261 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34262 See the `type-break-mode' command
34263 for a description of this minor mode.
34264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34266 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34268 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34270 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34271 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34272 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34274 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34275 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34276 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34277 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34278 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34279 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34280 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34282 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34283 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34285 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34286 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34287 reset the keystroke counter.
34289 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34290 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34291 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34292 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34294 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34295 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34296 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34297 `type-break-schedule' command.
34299 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34300 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34301 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34302 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34303 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34304 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34305 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34306 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34307 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34309 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34310 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34311 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34312 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34313 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34315 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34316 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34317 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34318 approximate good values for this.
34320 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34321 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34323 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34324 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34325 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34326 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34327 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34328 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34330 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34331 a typing break occur. They include:
34333 `type-break-query-mode'
34334 `type-break-query-function'
34335 `type-break-query-interval'
34337 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34339 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34340 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34341 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34342 problems.
34344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34346 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34347 Take a typing break.
34349 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34350 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34352 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34353 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34355 \(fn)" t nil)
34357 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34358 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34359 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34360 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34362 \(fn)" t nil)
34364 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34365 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34367 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34368 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34369 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34370 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34371 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34372 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34373 average typing speed.)
34375 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34376 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34377 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34378 the computed maximum threshold.
34380 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34381 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34382 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34383 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34384 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34386 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34390 ;;;***
34391 \f
34392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34395 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34396 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34397 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34398 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34399 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34401 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34405 ;;;***
34406 \f
34407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34408 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34411 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34412 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34414 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34416 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34417 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34419 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34421 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34422 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34426 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34427 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34429 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34431 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34432 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34434 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34436 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34437 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34439 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34441 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34442 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34444 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34446 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34447 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34449 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34451 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34452 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34454 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34456 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34457 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34459 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34461 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34462 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34464 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34466 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34467 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34469 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34473 ;;;***
34474 \f
34475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34476 ;;;;;; 0))
34477 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34479 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34480 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34481 Works by overstriking underscores.
34482 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34483 which specify the range to operate on.
34485 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34487 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34488 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34489 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34490 which specify the range to operate on.
34492 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34494 ;;;***
34495 \f
34496 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34497 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34502 ;;;***
34503 \f
34504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34507 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34508 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34509 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34510 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34511 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34512 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34514 \(fn)" nil nil)
34516 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34517 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34518 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34520 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34524 ;;;***
34525 \f
34526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34529 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34530 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34531 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34532 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34534 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34538 ;;;***
34539 \f
34540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34543 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34544 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34545 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34546 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34547 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34549 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34550 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34551 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34552 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34553 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34554 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34556 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34557 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34558 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34560 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34561 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34562 the callback is not called).
34564 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34565 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34566 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34567 take effect.
34569 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34570 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34571 the server.
34572 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34573 URL-encoded before it's used.
34575 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34577 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34578 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34579 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34580 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34581 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34583 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34584 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34585 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34586 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34588 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34592 ;;;***
34593 \f
34594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34595 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34599 ;;;***
34600 \f
34601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34604 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34605 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34606 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34608 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34609 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34610 `url-generic-parse-url'
34611 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34612 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34613 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34614 realm
34615 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34616 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34617 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34618 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34619 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34620 what type of auth to use
34621 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34622 if one cannot be found in the cache
34624 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34626 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34627 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34629 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34630 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34631 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34632 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34633 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34634 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34635 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34636 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34638 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34642 ;;;***
34643 \f
34644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34647 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34648 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34650 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34652 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34653 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34654 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34658 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34659 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34661 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34665 ;;;***
34666 \f
34667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34668 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34670 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34673 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34677 ;;;***
34678 \f
34679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34684 ;;;***
34685 \f
34686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34687 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34689 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34690 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34691 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34693 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34695 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34696 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34697 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34698 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34700 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34701 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34702 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34703 though.
34705 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34707 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34708 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34709 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34711 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34713 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34720 ;;;***
34721 \f
34722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34727 ;;;***
34728 \f
34729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34730 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34734 ;;;***
34735 \f
34736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34741 ;;;***
34742 \f
34743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34744 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34746 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34747 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34749 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34753 ;;;***
34754 \f
34755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34760 ;;;***
34761 \f
34762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34767 ;;;***
34768 \f
34769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34772 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34773 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34777 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34778 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34779 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34780 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34781 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34783 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34784 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34786 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34790 ;;;***
34791 \f
34792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34793 ;;;;;; 0))
34794 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34796 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34797 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34798 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34799 for a description of this minor mode.
34800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34802 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34804 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34806 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34807 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34814 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34815 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34816 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34817 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34819 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34821 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34822 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34823 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34824 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34825 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34826 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34827 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34828 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34829 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34830 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34832 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34834 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34835 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34836 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34837 accessible.
34839 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34841 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34842 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34843 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34844 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34846 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34848 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34851 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34855 ;;;***
34856 \f
34857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34862 ;;;***
34863 \f
34864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34866 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34868 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34869 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34870 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34871 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34872 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34876 ;;;***
34877 \f
34878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34883 ;;;***
34884 \f
34885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34888 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34895 ;;;***
34896 \f
34897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34898 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34900 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34901 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34902 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34903 URL can be a URL string, or a URL record of the type returned by
34904 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34906 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34910 ;;;***
34911 \f
34912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34915 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34918 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34920 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34921 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34927 ;;;***
34928 \f
34929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34934 ;;;***
34935 \f
34936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34939 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34940 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34942 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34944 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34945 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34949 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34952 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34954 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34956 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34958 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34960 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34961 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34963 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34967 ;;;***
34968 \f
34969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34972 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34977 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34984 ;;;***
34985 \f
34986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34991 ;;;***
34992 \f
34993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34994 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34996 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34999 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35001 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
35004 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
35006 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
35009 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35011 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
35014 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35016 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
35019 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
35021 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
35024 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
35026 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
35029 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
35031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
35033 ;;;***
35034 \f
35035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
35036 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
35038 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
35039 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
35041 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
35043 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
35044 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
35045 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
35047 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
35048 USER is the user name (string or nil).
35049 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
35050 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
35051 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
35052 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
35053 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
35054 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
35055 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
35056 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
35057 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
35058 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
35059 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
35062 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
35063 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
35064 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
35066 Here is an example. The URL
35068 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
35070 parses to
35076 PORTSPEC = 42
35079 ATTRIBUTES = nil
35080 FULLNESS = t
35082 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
35086 ;;;***
35087 \f
35088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
35091 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
35092 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
35094 \(fn)" t nil)
35096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
35098 ;;;***
35099 \f
35100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35101 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
35103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
35105 ;;;***
35106 \f
35107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
35108 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
35110 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
35111 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35112 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
35113 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
35114 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
35115 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
35117 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
35121 ;;;***
35122 \f
35123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35124 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35126 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35127 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35128 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35130 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35132 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35133 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35134 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35135 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35137 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35141 ;;;***
35142 \f
35143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35146 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35147 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35148 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35150 If t, all messages will be logged.
35151 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35152 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35154 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35156 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35159 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35161 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35164 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35166 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35167 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35169 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35170 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35171 & ==> &
35172 < ==> <
35173 > ==> >
35176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35178 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35180 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35182 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35184 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35185 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35186 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35188 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35190 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35191 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35193 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35195 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35196 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35198 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35200 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35201 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35203 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35205 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35208 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35210 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35213 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35215 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35217 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35218 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35222 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35223 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35225 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35227 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35230 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35232 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35233 Build a query-string.
35235 Given a QUERY in the form:
35236 ((key1 val1)
35237 (key2 val2)
35238 (key3 val1 val2)
35239 (key4)
35242 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35244 This will return a string
35246 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35247 be used.
35254 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35256 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35257 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35258 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35259 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35260 forbidden in URL encoding.
35262 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35264 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35265 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35266 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35267 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35268 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35271 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35272 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35273 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35274 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35276 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35278 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35279 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35280 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35281 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35282 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35283 should return it unchanged.
35285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35287 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35288 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35289 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35290 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35292 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35294 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35295 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35296 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35298 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35300 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35301 View the current document's URL.
35302 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35303 the minibuffer.
35305 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35307 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35311 ;;;***
35312 \f
35313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35318 ;;;***
35319 \f
35320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35321 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35323 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35324 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35325 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35327 to refrain from editing the file
35328 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35329 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35330 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35331 in any way you like.
35333 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35335 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35338 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35340 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35341 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35342 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35344 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35346 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35347 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35349 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged" "file-")))
35353 ;;;***
35354 \f
35355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35358 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35361 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35363 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35366 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35368 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35371 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35373 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35376 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35380 ;;;***
35381 \f
35382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35383 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35385 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35386 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35388 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35392 ;;;***
35393 \f
35394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35395 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35397 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35398 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35399 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35400 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35402 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35404 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35405 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35406 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35408 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35410 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35411 Uudecode region between START and END.
35412 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35414 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35418 ;;;***
35419 \f
35420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35421 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35423 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35424 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35425 See `run-hooks'.")
35427 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35429 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35430 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35431 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35433 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35435 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35436 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35437 See `run-hooks'.")
35439 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35441 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35442 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35444 If FILE is already registered, return the
35445 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35446 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35447 responsible for FILE is returned.
35449 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35450 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35451 be reported.
35453 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35455 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35456 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35457 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35458 same state. If not, signal an error.
35460 For merging-based version control systems:
35461 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35462 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35463 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35464 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35465 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35466 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35468 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35469 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35470 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35471 the file(s) for editing.
35472 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35473 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35474 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35475 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35476 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35478 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35480 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35481 Register into a version control system.
35482 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35483 Otherwise register the current file.
35484 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35486 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35487 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35488 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35489 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35490 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35491 first backend that could register the file is used.
35493 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35495 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35496 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35498 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35500 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35501 Display diffs between file revisions.
35502 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35503 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35504 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35506 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35507 saving the buffer.
35509 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35511 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35512 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35513 repository history using ediff.
35515 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35517 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35518 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35519 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35520 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35521 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35523 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35524 saving the buffer.
35526 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35528 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35529 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35530 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35531 fileset with the working revision.
35532 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35533 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35535 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35536 saving the buffer.
35538 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35540 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35541 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35542 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35544 \(fn)" nil nil)
35546 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35547 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35548 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35549 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35551 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35553 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35554 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35555 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35556 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35558 \(fn)" t nil)
35560 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35561 Perform a version control merge operation.
35562 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35564 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35565 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35567 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35568 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35569 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35570 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35571 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35572 changes from the current branch.
35574 \(fn)" t nil)
35576 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35577 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35579 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35581 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35583 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35584 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35585 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35586 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35587 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35588 checked out in that new branch.
35590 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35592 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35593 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35594 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35595 named branch in the directory DIR.
35596 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35597 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
35598 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35599 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35600 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35601 allowed and simply skipped).
35603 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35605 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35606 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35607 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35608 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35609 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35611 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35612 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35614 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35616 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35617 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35618 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35619 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35620 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35622 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35624 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
35627 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
35629 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35630 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35631 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35633 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35635 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35636 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35637 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35639 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35641 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35642 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35644 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35646 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35647 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35648 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35649 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35651 \(fn)" t nil)
35653 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35655 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35656 Update the current fileset or branch.
35657 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35659 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35660 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35661 command to run.
35663 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35664 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35665 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35666 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35667 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35671 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35673 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35674 Push the current branch.
35675 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35677 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35678 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35679 VCS command to run.
35681 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35682 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35686 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35687 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35688 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35689 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35690 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35691 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35692 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35694 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35696 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35697 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35698 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35699 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35700 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35701 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35702 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35703 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35704 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35706 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35708 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35709 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35710 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35711 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35713 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35715 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35716 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35717 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35718 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35720 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35722 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35723 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35724 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35725 directory.
35727 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35729 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35730 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35731 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35733 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35734 log entries should be gathered.
35736 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35738 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35739 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35741 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35745 ;;;***
35746 \f
35747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35748 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35750 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35751 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35753 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35754 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35755 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35756 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35757 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35758 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35760 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35761 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35762 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35763 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35764 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35765 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35766 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35767 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35769 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35771 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35773 Customization variables:
35775 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35776 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35777 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35778 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35779 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35780 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35782 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35786 ;;;***
35787 \f
35788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35789 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35791 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35792 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35794 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35795 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35796 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35797 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35798 (progn
35799 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35800 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35804 ;;;***
35805 \f
35806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35808 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35809 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35810 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35811 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35812 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35813 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35817 ;;;***
35818 \f
35819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35824 ;;;***
35825 \f
35826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35827 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35829 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35831 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35832 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35833 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35835 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35836 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35837 The file lines appear later.
35839 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35840 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35842 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35846 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35850 ;;;***
35851 \f
35852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35853 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35854 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35856 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35857 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35858 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35859 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35860 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35861 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35862 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35863 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35864 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35865 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35866 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35867 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35868 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35869 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35870 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35872 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35876 ;;;***
35877 \f
35878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35879 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35883 ;;;***
35884 \f
35885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35887 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35888 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35889 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35890 (progn
35891 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35892 (vc-git-registered file))))
35894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35896 ;;;***
35897 \f
35898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35899 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35900 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35901 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35902 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35903 (progn
35904 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35905 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35909 ;;;***
35910 \f
35911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35912 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35914 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35915 Name of the monotone directory.")
35917 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35918 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35919 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35920 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35921 (progn
35922 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35923 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35927 ;;;***
35928 \f
35929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35932 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35933 Where to look for RCS master files.
35934 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35936 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35938 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35942 ;;;***
35943 \f
35944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35947 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35948 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35949 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35951 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35953 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35955 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35956 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35957 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35958 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35962 ;;;***
35963 \f
35964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35965 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35967 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35968 Where to look for SRC master files.
35969 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35971 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35973 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35977 ;;;***
35978 \f
35979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35981 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35982 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35983 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35984 "_svn")
35985 (t ".svn"))))
35986 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35987 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35988 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35992 ;;;***
35993 \f
35994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35999 ;;;***
36000 \f
36001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
36002 ;;;;;; 0))
36003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
36004 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
36007 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
36008 Major mode for editing Vera code.
36010 Usage:
36011 ------
36013 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
36014 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
36016 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
36018 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
36019 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
36020 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
36021 completions.
36023 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
36024 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
36026 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
36027 uncomments a region if already commented out.
36029 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
36030 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
36031 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
36033 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
36036 Maintenance:
36037 ------------
36039 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
36040 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36042 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
36044 Official distribution is at
36045 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
36048 The Vera Mode Maintainer
36049 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
36051 Key bindings:
36052 -------------
36056 \(fn)" t nil)
36058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
36060 ;;;***
36061 \f
36062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
36063 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
36064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
36066 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
36067 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
36070 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
36074 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
36075 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
36077 Supports highlighting.
36079 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
36080 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
36082 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
36084 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
36085 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
36086 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
36087 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
36088 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
36089 on the left side of your screen.
36090 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
36091 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
36092 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
36093 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
36094 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
36095 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
36096 function keyword.
36097 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
36099 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
36100 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
36101 if (a)
36102 begin
36103 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
36104 Indentation for case statements.
36105 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
36106 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
36107 mark after an end.
36108 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
36109 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
36110 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
36111 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
36112 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
36113 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
36114 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
36115 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
36116 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
36117 if (a)
36118 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
36119 otherwise you get:
36120 if (a)
36121 begin
36122 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
36123 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36124 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36125 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36126 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36127 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36128 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36129 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36130 comments in tight quarters.
36131 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36132 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36134 Variables controlling other actions:
36136 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36137 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36142 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36148 Some other functions are:
36178 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36179 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36191 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36194 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36198 \(fn)" t nil)
36200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
36202 ;;;***
36203 \f
36204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36205 ;;;;;; 0))
36206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36208 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36209 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36211 Usage:
36212 ------
36214 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36215 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36216 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36217 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36218 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36219 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36220 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36221 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36222 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36224 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36225 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36226 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36227 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36229 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36230 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36231 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36232 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36233 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36235 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36236 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36239 HEADER INSERTION:
36240 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36241 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36242 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36245 STUTTERING:
36246 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36247 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36248 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36249 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36258 WORD COMPLETION:
36259 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36260 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36261 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36262 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36264 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36265 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36266 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36270 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36271 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36272 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36273 stop.
36276 COMMENTS:
36277 `--' puts a single comment.
36278 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36279 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36280 with a comment in between.
36281 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36282 out following lines.
36283 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36284 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36285 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36286 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36288 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36289 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36290 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36291 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36292 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36293 non-nil.
36295 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36296 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36297 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36298 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36299 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36300 multi-line comments.
36303 INDENTATION:
36304 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36305 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36306 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36307 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36308 the entire region.
36310 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36312 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36313 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36315 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36317 tabs and vice versa.
36319 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36320 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36322 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36323 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36324 line.
36327 ALIGNMENT:
36328 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36329 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36330 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36331 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36332 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36333 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36334 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36335 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36337 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36338 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36339 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36340 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36341 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36342 is non-nil.
36344 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36345 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36346 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36348 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36349 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36352 CODE FILLING:
36353 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36354 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36355 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36356 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36357 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36358 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36361 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36362 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36363 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36364 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36365 command:
36367 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36370 PORT TRANSLATION:
36371 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36372 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36373 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36374 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36375 internal signal initializations (menu).
36377 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36378 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36379 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36381 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36382 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36383 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36384 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36385 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36386 in subsequent paste operations.)
36388 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36389 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36390 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36393 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36394 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36395 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36396 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36397 association list with formals).
36400 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36401 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36402 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36403 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36404 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36405 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36406 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36407 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36408 `vhdl-testbench'.
36411 KEY BINDINGS:
36412 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36415 VHDL MENU:
36416 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36419 FILE BROWSER:
36420 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36421 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36422 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36424 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36425 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36428 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36429 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36430 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36431 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36433 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36434 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36435 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36437 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36438 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36439 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36442 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36443 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36444 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36445 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36446 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36448 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36449 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36450 required by secondary units.
36453 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36454 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36455 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36456 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36457 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36458 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36459 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36460 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36461 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36462 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36463 inputs to this component -> input port created
36464 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36465 outputs from this component -> output port created
36466 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36467 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36469 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36470 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36471 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36472 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36473 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36475 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36476 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36478 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36479 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36480 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36481 component instantiation is also supported (option
36482 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36484 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36485 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36486 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36487 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36488 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36489 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36490 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36491 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36492 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36493 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36494 generating the configuration.
36496 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36497 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36498 configurations in speedbar.
36500 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36503 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36504 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36505 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36506 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36507 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36508 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36509 information. New compilers can be added.
36511 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36512 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36515 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36516 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36517 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36518 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36519 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36521 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36522 command:
36524 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36525 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36526 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36530 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36531 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36532 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36533 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36534 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36535 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36536 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36538 Limitations:
36539 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36540 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36541 not (yet) supported.
36542 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36543 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36547 PROJECTS:
36548 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36549 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36550 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36551 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36552 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36553 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36554 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36555 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36557 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36558 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36559 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36562 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36563 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36564 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36565 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36566 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36567 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36570 SPECIAL MENUES:
36571 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36572 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36574 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36575 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36576 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36577 current directory for VHDL source files.
36580 VHDL STANDARDS:
36581 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36582 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36585 KEYWORD CASE:
36586 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36587 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36588 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36589 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36590 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36591 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36592 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36593 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36596 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36597 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36598 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36599 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36600 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36601 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36602 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36604 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36605 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36606 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36607 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36608 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36609 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36611 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36612 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36613 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36614 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36615 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36616 visually.
36618 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36619 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36620 highlighted if written in lower case.
36623 highlighted using a different background color if option
36624 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36626 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36628 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36629 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36630 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36633 USER MODELS:
36634 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36635 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36636 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36639 HIDE/SHOW:
36640 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36641 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36642 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36643 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36644 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36647 CODE UPDATING:
36648 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36649 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36650 Limitations:
36651 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36652 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36653 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36654 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36655 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36656 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36657 (used to obtain the port names).
36658 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36659 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36660 sensitivity lists.
36663 CODE FIXING:
36664 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36665 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36668 PRINTING:
36669 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36670 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36671 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36672 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36673 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36674 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36675 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36676 printers.
36679 OPTIONS:
36680 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36682 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36683 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36686 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36689 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36690 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36691 INSTALL file).
36693 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36697 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36699 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36705 HINTS:
36706 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36707 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36709 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36711 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36713 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36716 RELEASE NOTES:
36717 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36720 Maintenance:
36721 ------------
36724 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36726 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36728 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36729 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36730 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36731 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36733 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36734 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36735 where the latest version can be found.
36738 Known problems:
36739 ---------------
36741 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36742 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36743 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36744 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36747 The VHDL Mode Authors
36748 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36750 Key bindings:
36751 -------------
36755 \(fn)" t nil)
36757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36759 ;;;***
36760 \f
36761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36762 ;;;;;; 0))
36763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36765 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36766 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36768 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36770 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36771 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36772 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36773 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36775 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36777 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36778 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36780 \(fn)" t nil)
36782 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36783 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36784 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36785 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36787 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36789 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36790 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36792 \(fn)" t nil)
36794 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36797 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36799 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36802 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36806 ;;;***
36807 \f
36808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36809 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36811 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36812 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36813 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36815 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36817 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36818 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36819 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36820 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36822 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36824 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36825 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36827 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36829 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36830 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36831 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36832 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36833 moving around in the buffer.
36834 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36835 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36837 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36839 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36841 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36842 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36843 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36844 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36846 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36847 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36848 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36849 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36850 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36852 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36856 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36857 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36858 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36859 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36860 buffer.
36862 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36863 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36864 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36865 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36866 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36868 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36870 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36872 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36873 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36874 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36875 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36876 moving around in the buffer.
36877 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36878 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36880 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36882 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36883 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36884 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36886 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36887 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36888 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36889 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36891 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36892 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36893 own View-like bindings.
36895 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36897 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36898 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36899 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36900 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36901 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36902 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36903 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36905 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36907 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36909 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36910 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36911 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36913 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36914 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36915 own View-like bindings.
36917 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36919 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36920 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36921 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36922 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36923 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36924 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36925 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36927 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36929 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36931 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36932 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36933 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36935 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36936 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36937 own View-like bindings.
36939 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36941 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36942 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36944 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36945 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36947 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36948 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36949 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36950 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36954 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36956 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36959 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36960 to a repeat count of one.
36962 H, h, ? This message.
36963 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36966 > move to the end of buffer.
36969 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36971 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36972 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36973 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36976 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36978 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36979 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36981 Use this to view a changing file.
36985 . set the mark.
36986 x exchanges point and mark.
36988 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36989 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36992 s do forward incremental search.
36993 r do reverse incremental search.
36994 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36995 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36996 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36997 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
37000 p searches backward for last regular expression.
37004 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
37005 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
37007 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
37012 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
37013 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
37022 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37026 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
37027 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
37028 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
37029 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
37030 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
37031 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
37032 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
37033 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
37034 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
37036 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
37038 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
37040 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
37041 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
37042 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
37043 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
37044 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
37045 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
37047 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
37048 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
37049 called by `view-mode-exit'.
37051 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37053 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37055 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
37057 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
37058 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
37060 \(fn)" t nil)
37062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
37064 ;;;***
37065 \f
37066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
37067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
37068 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
37070 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
37071 Toggle Viper on/off.
37072 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
37074 \(fn)" t nil)
37076 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
37077 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
37079 \(fn)" t nil)
37081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
37083 ;;;***
37084 \f
37085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
37086 ;;;;;; 0))
37087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
37089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
37091 ;;;***
37092 \f
37093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
37094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
37096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37098 ;;;***
37099 \f
37100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
37101 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
37104 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
37106 ;;;***
37107 \f
37108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
37109 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
37112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
37114 ;;;***
37115 \f
37116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
37117 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
37120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
37122 ;;;***
37123 \f
37124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37125 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37130 ;;;***
37131 \f
37132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37133 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37138 ;;;***
37139 \f
37140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37141 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37145 ;;;***
37146 \f
37147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37148 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37152 ;;;***
37153 \f
37154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37155 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37159 ;;;***
37160 \f
37161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37162 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37166 ;;;***
37167 \f
37168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37169 ;;;;;; 0))
37170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37172 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37173 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37174 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37175 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37176 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37177 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37178 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37179 the beginning of the warning.")
37181 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37182 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37183 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37184 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37185 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37186 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37187 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37188 also call that function before the next warning.")
37190 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37191 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37193 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37194 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37195 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37196 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37198 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37199 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37200 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37201 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37202 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37203 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37205 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37206 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37207 Default is :warning.
37209 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37210 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37211 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37212 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37213 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37214 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37216 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37217 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37218 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37220 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37222 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37223 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37225 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37227 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37228 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37230 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37231 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37233 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37234 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37235 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37236 can be whatever you like.)
37238 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37239 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37241 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37242 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37243 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37244 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37245 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37247 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37249 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37250 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37251 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37252 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37253 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37255 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
37259 ;;;***
37260 \f
37261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37262 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37263 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37265 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37266 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37268 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37269 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37271 directories to reflect your edits.
37273 See `wdired-mode'.
37275 \(fn)" t nil)
37277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37279 ;;;***
37280 \f
37281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37284 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37285 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37287 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37288 hotlist.
37290 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37291 <nwv@acm.org>.
37293 \(fn)" t nil)
37295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37297 ;;;***
37298 \f
37299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37300 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37302 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37303 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37305 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37307 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37308 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37309 See the `which-function-mode' command
37310 for a description of this minor mode.
37311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37312 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37313 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37315 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37317 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37318 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37323 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37324 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37325 in certain major modes.
37327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37331 ;;;***
37332 \f
37333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37334 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37335 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37337 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37338 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37339 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37340 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37342 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37343 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37345 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37346 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37350 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37351 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37353 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37355 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37356 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37358 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37359 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37360 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37361 use `whitespace-mode'.
37363 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37367 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37368 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37369 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37370 for a description of this minor mode.
37371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37373 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37375 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37377 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37378 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37380 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37382 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37383 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37385 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37386 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37390 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37391 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37392 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37393 for a description of this minor mode.
37394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37396 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37398 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37400 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37401 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37403 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37405 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37406 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37408 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37409 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37410 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37411 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37413 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37417 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37418 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37420 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37421 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37423 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37424 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37426 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37428 CHAR MEANING
37429 (VIA FACES)
37430 f toggle face visualization
37431 t toggle TAB visualization
37432 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37433 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37436 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37437 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37438 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37439 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37440 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37441 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37442 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37443 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37444 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37445 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37446 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37447 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37449 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37450 T toggle TAB visualization
37451 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37452 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37454 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37455 ? display brief help
37457 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37458 The valid symbols are:
37460 face toggle face visualization
37461 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37462 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37463 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37466 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37467 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37468 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37469 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37470 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37471 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37472 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37473 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37474 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37475 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37476 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37477 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37479 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37480 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37481 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37483 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37485 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37487 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37489 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37490 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37492 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37493 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37495 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37496 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37498 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37500 CHAR MEANING
37501 (VIA FACES)
37502 f toggle face visualization
37503 t toggle TAB visualization
37504 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37505 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37508 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37509 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37510 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37511 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37512 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37513 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37514 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37515 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37516 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37517 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37518 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37519 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37521 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37522 T toggle TAB visualization
37523 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37524 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37526 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37527 ? display brief help
37529 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37530 The valid symbols are:
37532 face toggle face visualization
37533 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37534 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37535 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37538 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37539 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37540 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37541 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37542 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37543 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37544 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37545 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37546 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37547 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37548 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37549 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37551 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37552 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37553 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37555 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37557 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37561 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37562 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37564 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37565 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37566 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37568 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37570 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37572 The problems cleaned up are:
37574 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37575 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37576 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37577 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37579 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37580 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37581 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37582 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37583 SPACEs.
37584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37585 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37586 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37587 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37589 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37590 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37591 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37592 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37593 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37594 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37595 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37596 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37598 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37599 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37600 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37602 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37603 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37604 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37605 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37607 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37609 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37611 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37612 documentation.
37614 \(fn)" t nil)
37616 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37617 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37619 The problems cleaned up are:
37621 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37622 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37623 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37624 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37625 SPACEs.
37626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37627 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37628 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37629 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37631 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37632 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37633 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37634 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37635 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37636 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37637 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37638 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37640 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37641 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37642 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37644 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37645 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37646 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37647 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37649 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37650 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37651 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37653 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37654 documentation.
37656 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37658 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37659 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37661 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37663 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37665 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37666 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37668 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37669 non-nil.
37672 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37673 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37674 significant.
37676 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37677 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37678 report problems.
37680 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37682 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37683 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37684 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37685 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37686 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37687 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37688 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37690 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37691 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37692 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37693 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37694 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37695 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37696 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37698 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37699 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37700 cleaning up these problems.
37702 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37706 ;;;***
37707 \f
37708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37709 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37711 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37712 Browse the widget under point.
37714 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37716 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37717 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37719 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37721 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37722 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37724 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37726 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37727 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37729 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37730 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37736 ;;;***
37737 \f
37738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37739 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37741 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37742 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37744 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37746 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37747 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37748 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37750 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37752 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37753 Create widget of TYPE.
37754 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37756 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37758 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37759 Delete WIDGET.
37761 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37763 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37764 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37766 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37768 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37769 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37770 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37771 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37773 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37774 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37776 \(fn)" nil nil)
37778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37780 ;;;***
37781 \f
37782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37783 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37785 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37786 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37787 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37789 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37790 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37791 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37795 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37796 Select the window above the current one.
37798 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37799 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37800 negative ARG) of the current window.
37801 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37805 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37806 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37807 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37809 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37810 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37811 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37815 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37816 Select the window below the current one.
37817 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37819 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37820 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37821 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37825 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37826 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37827 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37828 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37830 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37834 ;;;***
37835 \f
37836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37837 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37839 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37840 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37841 See the `winner-mode' command
37842 for a description of this minor mode.
37843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37845 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37847 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37849 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37850 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37853 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37855 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37856 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37858 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37859 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37860 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37866 ;;;***
37867 \f
37868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37869 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37870 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37872 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37873 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37874 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37876 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37878 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37880 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37881 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37882 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37883 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37884 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37885 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37886 speed. With a prefix argument, force the caches to be
37887 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37889 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37890 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37892 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37894 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37895 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37897 \(fn)" t nil)
37899 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37900 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37901 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37902 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37903 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37904 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37905 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37906 `woman' command for further details.
37908 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37910 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37911 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37913 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37917 ;;;***
37918 \f
37919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37920 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37924 ;;;***
37925 \f
37926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
37927 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
37929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
37931 ;;;***
37932 \f
37933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37934 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37936 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37937 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37938 Return the top node with all its children.
37939 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37941 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37942 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37943 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37947 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37948 namespace to URIs instead.
37950 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37951 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37953 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37955 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37957 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37959 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37960 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37961 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37962 not contain well-formed XML.
37964 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37965 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37966 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37967 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37968 element of the list.
37969 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37970 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37971 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37975 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37976 namespace to URIs instead.
37978 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37979 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37981 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37983 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37985 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37989 ;;;***
37990 \f
37991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37992 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37994 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37995 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37996 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37997 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37998 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37999 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
38000 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
38001 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
38002 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
38003 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
38005 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
38007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
38009 ;;;***
38010 \f
38011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
38012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
38014 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
38017 \(fn)" nil nil)
38019 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
38022 \(fn)" t nil)
38024 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
38025 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
38027 \(fn)" nil nil)
38029 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
38030 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
38031 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
38032 prompt for it.
38034 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
38035 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
38036 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
38037 buffer where the user can select from the list.
38039 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38041 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
38042 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
38044 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38046 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
38047 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
38049 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38051 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
38052 Find references to the identifier at point.
38053 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
38055 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38057 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
38058 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
38059 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
38061 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
38062 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
38063 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
38064 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
38065 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
38066 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
38067 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
38069 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
38070 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
38071 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
38072 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
38074 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
38076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
38078 ;;;***
38079 \f
38080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
38081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
38083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
38085 ;;;***
38086 \f
38087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
38088 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
38090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
38092 ;;;***
38093 \f
38094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38095 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
38097 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
38098 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
38099 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
38100 for a description of this minor mode.
38101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38103 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
38105 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
38107 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
38108 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
38109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
38110 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38111 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
38113 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
38114 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
38115 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
38116 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
38117 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
38118 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
38120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38124 ;;;***
38125 \f
38126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38127 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38129 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38130 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38131 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38132 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38134 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38138 ;;;***
38139 \f
38140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38143 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38144 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38146 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38148 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38149 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38151 \(fn)" nil nil)
38153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38155 ;;;***
38156 \f
38157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38162 ;;;***
38163 \f
38164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38167 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38168 Zone out, completely.
38170 \(fn)" t nil)
38172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38174 ;;;***
38175 \f
38176 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38177 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
38178 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
38179 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
38180 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
38181 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
38182 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
38183 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
38184 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
38185 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
38186 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
38187 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38188 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
38189 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
38190 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38191 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
38200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
38201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
38202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
38203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
38204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
38208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
38209 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
38210 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38211 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el"
38212 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38213 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38214 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
38215 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38216 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el"
38217 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
38218 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38219 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38220 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38221 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
38222 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
38223 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
38224 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
38225 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
38226 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
38227 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "font-core.el"
38228 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el" "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
38229 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
38230 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/cp51932.el"
38231 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38232 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38233 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38234 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38235 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38236 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38237 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38238 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38239 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38240 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38241 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38242 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38243 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38244 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38245 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38246 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38247 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38248 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38249 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/leim-list.el"
38250 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/4Corner.el" "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el"
38251 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el" "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el"
38252 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ETZY.el" "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el"
38253 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el" "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el"
38254 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/QJ.el" "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el"
38255 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el" "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
38256 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
38257 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
38258 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
38259 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
38260 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
38261 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
38262 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
38263 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38264 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38265 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el" "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
38266 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
38267 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38268 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38269 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38270 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38271 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38272 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38273 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38274 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38275 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38276 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
38277 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el"
38278 ;;;;;; "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
38279 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
38280 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
38281 ;;;;;; "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el" "ps-def.el"
38282 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
38283 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
38284 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
38285 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
38286 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38287 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
38288 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el"
38289 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-hook.el" "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el"
38290 ;;;;;; "window.el") (0 0 0 0))
38292 ;;;***
38293 \f
38294 (provide 'loaddefs)
38295 ;; Local Variables:
38296 ;; version-control: never
38297 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38298 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38299 ;; coding: utf-8
38300 ;; End:
38301 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here